English dropdown-ico

Manual Cisco Systems 4

1040 pages 19.87 mb
Download

Go to site of 1040

Summary
  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 1

    Cisco Systems, Inc.  www .cisc o.co m Cisco has more than 200 offic es worldwide.  Addresses, phone num bers, and fax numbers  are listed on the Cisco webs ite at  www.cisc o.com/g o/office s. Cisco Prime Netw ork 4.0 User Guide July 20 13 Text Pa rt Numbe r: OL-29 343-01 ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 2

    THE SPECIFICATIONS AND INFORMATION REG ARDING THE PRODUCTS IN THIS MANUAL ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOU T NOTICE. ALL STATEMENT S, INFORMATI O N, AND RECOMMENDATI ONS IN T HIS MANUAL A RE BELI EVED TO BE A CCURATE BUT ARE P RESENTED W ITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRE SS OR IMPLIED. USERS MUST TAKE FULL RESPON SIBILITY FOR THEIR AP PLICATION OF ANY ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 3

    iii Cisco Pr ime N etw or k 4. 0 User Guid e OL-29343-01 CONTENTS Preface xxiii Audienc e xxiii Document Organization xxiv Conv enti ons xxvi Relat ed Do cume nta tion xxvii Obtain ing Documentat i on and Submitting a Servic e Request xxvii xxvii CHAPTER 1 Setting Up Devices and Us ing the GUI Clients 1-1 Overvi ew of the GUI Cl ients 1-1 Prime Net ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 4

    Cont ents iv Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Opening Maps 2-7 Navigat ion Pa ne 2-7 Conte n t Pane : M a p, List , and Li nk s Views 2-8 Ticket Pane 2-17 Prime Net work Vision St at us Indicators 2-17 Severi ty 2-18 VNE M an a ge m e nt State s 2-19 Tick ets 2-23 Prime Net work Vision To ol bar 2-23 Prime Net work Vision Menu B ar 2- ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 5

    Content s v Cisco Pr ime N etw or k 4. 0 User Guid e OL-29343-01 Content Pane 3-13 Device Vi ew Pane 3- 13 Device Vi ew Pane To ol bar 3-14 Tick e t an d Ev e nts Pa n e 3-15 Checki ng VNE Conn ectivi ty and Commu ni cation Status 3- 16 View in g th e Ph ysi ca l Pr oper ti es of a Devi c e 3-1 9 Redunda ncy Support 3-21 View in g Sa te llit e Pr o ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 6

    Cont ents vi Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Prote ct C onfig uratio ns i n the Archi ve 4-13 Editin g an A rch ive C onfig uratio n 4-14 Find Out What is Diff erent Between Co nf igurations 4-14 Copy a Conf iguration Fi le to a Central Ser ver 4-16 Are Runni ng and St ar tup Configs Mism at ched? (Cisco IOS and Cisco Nexus) 4-17 Cop ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 7

    Content s vii Cisco Pr ime N etw or k 4. 0 User Guid e OL-29343-01 Creati ng and Del et ing Maps 5-6 Creati ng Ne w Maps 5-6 Deleti ng Maps from the Dat abase 5-8 Adding an d Removi ng NEs from Maps 5-9 Managing Maps 5-11 Select ing Map Viewing Opti ons 5-12 Applyi ng a Backg round Imag e 5-12 Using th e Overview Window 5-14 Saving Maps 5-15 Findi ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 8

    Cont ents viii Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 CHAPTER 7 Labelin g NEs Using Busi nes s Tags 7-1 User Role s Required to Work wi th Busine ss Tags and Busines s Elements 7-1 Using Chi nese Character s 7-2 Attachi ng and Deta ching Busine ss Tags 7-3 Searchi ng for Bus i ness Tags and Viewing Their Pro perties 7-4 Renaming a Business ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 9

    Content s ix Cisco Pr ime N etw or k 4. 0 User Guid e OL-29343-01 View in g Ti cket Pro p erti es 9-9 Detail s Tab 9-10 Histor y Tab 9-11 Affect ed Parties Ta b 9-11 Correl ation Tab 9-13 Adva nc ed Ta b 9-13 Notes Tab 9-14 User Au dit Tab 9-14 Mana g i n g Ti ck ets 9-15 Impact An alysis in Prime Netwo rk 9-17 CHAPTER 10 Working wi th Re ports 10 ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 10

    Cont ents x Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Movi ng Re port s Bet ween Fol ders 10-43 Deleti ng Report s 10-43 Viewing Repo rt P roperti es 10-44 Defini ng Re port Types 10-45 Managing Report F olders 10-45 Creati ng Folders 10 -45 Movi ng Fo lder s 10-46 Rena m in g Fo ld er s 10 -46 Deleti ng Folders 10-4 7 Viewing Folde r and Repo ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 11

    Content s xi Cisco Pr ime N etw or k 4. 0 User Guid e OL-29343-01 Cisco Pa thTracer MPLS St ar t and Endpoints 11-3 0 Using Ci sco PathTrac er for CSC Con figurations 11-31 Using Ci sco PathTrac er for Layer 3 VPNs 11-32 Using Ci sco PathTrac er for Layer 2 VPNs 11-32 Using Ci sco PathTrac er for MPLS TE Tunnel s 11-33 CHAPTER 12 Monitori ng Carrie ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 12

    Cont ents xii Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Viewing STP Proper ties for VLAN Service Links 12-67 Viewing VLAN Trunk Grou p Properties 12-6 8 Viewing VLAN Brid ge Pr operties 12-70 Using Comma nds to Work With VLANs 12-72 Underst anding Unassoci ated Bri dges 12-73 Adding Una ssociated Bri dge s 12-7 3 Work in g w it h Et hern e t F ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 13

    Content s xiii Cisco Pr ime N etw or k 4. 0 User Guid e OL-29343-01 Config uring IS-I S 12-121 CHAPTER 13 Monitori ng Carrier Grade NAT Properti es 13 -1 User Ro les Requi red to View Carr ier Grade N AT Propert ies 13-2 Viewing Carrier Grade NAT Pr ope rties in Logic al Inven tory 13-2 Viewing Carrier Grade NAT Pr ope rties in Physi ca l Inventory ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 14

    Cont ents xiv Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 CHAPTER 18 Monitori ng MPLS Services 18-1 User Roles Re quired to W ork w ith M PLS N etw orks 18-1 Working with MP LS-TP Tunnel s 18-4 Adding an MPLS-TP Tunne l 18-5 Viewing MPLS-TP Tunne l Properties 18-7 Viewing LSPs Conf igured on an Ethe rnet Link 18-11 Viewing MPLS-TE and P2MP -MPLS ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 15

    Content s xv Cisco Pr ime N etw or k 4. 0 User Guid e OL-29343-01 Config uring VRF 18-53 Config uring IP Int erfa ce 18-54 Config uring MPLS-TP 18-54 Lockin g/Unlocking MPLS -TP Tunnels in Bul k 18-56 Config uring MPLS-TE 18-57 Config uring MPLS 18- 57 Config uring RSVP 18-58 Config uring BGP 18-5 9 Config uring VRRP 18-60 Config uring Bundl e Eth ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 16

    Cont ents xvi Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Viewing MLPPP Proper ties 20-26 Viewing MLPPP Link Properties 20-29 Viewing MPLS Pseud owi re over GRE Propert ies 20-31 Network Cl ock Ser vi ce Over vi ew 20-34 Moni toring Clo ck Se rvice 20-34 Moni toring PTP Serv ice 20 -36 Viewing Pse udowire Clock Reco very Pr operties 20-41 Viewin ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 17

    Content s xvii Cisco Pr ime N etw or k 4. 0 User Guid e OL-29343-01 Viewing Dyna mic Au thoriz ation Profi le 22-3 Viewing Radi us G lobal Configur ation Detai ls 22-4 Viewing AAA Grou p Configurat ion De tails 22- 5 View in g Diam eter Conf ig ur at ion D et ai ls for an AA A Gr oup 22-6 Viewing Radius Conf iguration Det ails for an AAA Group 22-7 ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 18

    Cont ents xviii Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Working with the E volved GPS T unneling Pr otocol (eGTP ) 25- 30 Moni toring the Serv ing G PRS S uppo rt Nod e (SG SN) 25-32 LTE Netw or ks 25-40 Overvi ew of LTE Net w or ks 25-40 Work in g w it h LT E Net wo rk Tec h no lo gi es 25-41 Monitor ing Syste m Archit ectu re Evolut ion Ne ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 19

    Content s xix Cisco Pr ime N etw or k 4. 0 User Guid e OL-29343-01 Viewing the MME Poli cy Configur atio n Detai ls 25-153 Viewing the S1 Interf ace Config uratio n Details 25-154 Viewing the Stream Co ntrol Transmis sion Prot ocol 25-1 55 CHAPTER 26 Monitori ng Data Center Configurati ons 26-1 User Ro les Require d to Work with Da ta Center Co nfi ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 20

    Cont ents xx Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Viewing the DTI Cli ent Con fi gurati on Details 27-4 Viewing the QAM Doma in C onfigur atio n Detai ls 27-5 Viewin g th e MAC D omai n Config urati on De tails 27-6 View in g th e N ar ro wban d C ha n nels Co nf ig ur atio n D et ai ls 27-8 Viewing the Wi deband Channel s Configur ation ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 21

    Content s xxi Cisco Pr ime N etw or k 4. 0 User Guid e OL-29343-01 Tick et Pr operti es B utton s A-18 Report Manager Butt ons A-19 Badges A-19 VNE Co m m u ni cati on Stat e Ba d ges A-20 VNE Inves tigation Stat e Badges A-20 Network Element Tech nology- Related Badge s A-21 Alarm a nd Tic k et Badges A-22 G LOS SA RY I NDEX ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 22

    Cont ents xxii Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 23

    xxi ii Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Preface This guide describes Cisco Prime Network 4.0. Prime Netw ork serv es as an extensible inte gration platfor m f or net work a nd serv ice m anag emen t. A t i ts co re is a virt ual net work medi ati on mode l t hat is rich, open, a nd v endor -neu tral, an d suppor ts the ma nagemen ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 24

    xxiv Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Document Orga nization This guid e conta ins the foll owing section s: Chapter and T itle Description Chapt er 1, “Set ting Up Devi ces and Usi ng the GUI Clients ” Describes the suite of GUI tools tha t offer an intuitive interfa ce f or ma nagi ng the ne twork an d serv ices, and for perf or ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 25

    xxv Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chap ter 1 2, “ Mo nit oring Carr i er E the rnet Services ” Describe s how to view Carrier Eth ernet se rvices in Pri me Ne twork V isi on and h ow to wo rk wit h VLAN s, ps eudowir es, overlays , V PLS in stan ce s , and Et herne t se rv ices . Chapter 13, “Monitorin g Carrie r Grade N ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 26

    xxvi Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Conven tions This guid e uses th e following conv entions: Chapt er 23, “Monit or ing IP Pool s” Describes how to view IP pool properties in Prime Ne twork V ision. An IP pool is a sequenti al range o f IP a dd resse s wi thin a cert ai n net work. Prime Network prov ides the f lexibility of a ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 27

    xxvi i Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Related Documentation Note W e someti mes updat e the docu menta tion afte r origin al public ation. Th eref ore, you should also review the do cu menta tion o n C isco. com fo r a ny upda tes. Cisco Prime Ne twork 4.0 Integration Developer Guide is av ailable o n the Cisco Prime Network T ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 28

    xxvii i Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 29

    CH A P T E R 1-1 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 1 Setting Up Devices and Using the GUI Clients These top ics prov ides an o ver vie w of the Pr ime Netw ork GUI clie nts, the c ommands you can use to set up devices, and how to use Prime N etwork with Prime Centra l. It conta ins the following topics: • Overview of the GUI Cli ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 30

    1-2 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 Setti ng Up Devices and Using th e GUI Client s Overview of the GUI Clien ts Prime Network Vis ion Prime Netwo rk V ision is the ma in GUI clien t for Prime Netwo rk. Maps of de vices create a visua lization of the netwo rk, from the intricac ies o f a single dev ice physical an d logical ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 31

    1-3 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 Setting Up De vices and Using th e GUI Cli ent s Overview of the GUI Clients Prime Network Ev ents Prime Netwo rk Ev ents is the interf ace used by system managers an d administrator s for vie wing system e ven ts that occur in the ne twork. Y ou can use the GUI to retrie ve detailed ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 32

    1-4 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 Setti ng Up Devices and Using th e GUI Client s Setting Up D evices an d Validating D evice In for mation Setting Up Devices and Valid ating Device Information Prime Network pr ovides a va riety of ma nagement and c onfigurat ion com mands t hat yo u can la unch from the V ision GUI clien ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 33

    1-5 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 Setting Up De vices and Using th e GUI Cli ent s Setting Up Devices and Validating Device Information Note Y o u might be p rom pted to e nter your device acc ess c re dent ials. On ce you h ave enter ed t hem, th ese creden tials w ill be u sed for every subsequ ent execution of a c ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 34

    1-6 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 Setti ng Up Devices and Using th e GUI Client s Setting Up D evices an d Validating D evice In for mation Configur e a De vice NTP Se r ver Configur e RADIUS or TACACS Serv er on Devi ce Configur e IP Access Contr ol Lists (A CLs) on Device Note Th ese com mand s are not available on Ci s ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 35

    1-7 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 Setting Up De vices and Using th e GUI Cli ent s Setting Up Devices and Validating Device Information Config ur e SN MP an d S NMP Tr aps on Devi ce Use the following comm ands to con f igure SNMP set tings and SN MP traps on the real device. Al l of the following com mands are launc ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 36

    1-8 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 Setti ng Up Devices and Using th e GUI Client s Setting Up D evices an d Validating D evice In for mation Configur e D evice Int erfaces Command Navigation Description Add / Remov e / Update port description Ph ysi cal In ventory > naviga te to port > Commands > Conf iguration Co ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 37

    1-9 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 Setting Up De vices and Using th e GUI Cli ent s Setting Up Devices and Validating Device Information View Devic e and VRF Routing Tab les and De vice Inte rface Brie fs These com mand s c an b e executed on al l ne twork e lem en ts that r un on Cisc o I OS sof tware, C isco IO S XR ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 38

    1-10 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 Setti ng Up Devices and Using th e GUI Client s Using Prim e Ne twork wit h Prime Central View, Cop y, and Overwr ite Device Co nfiguration File s These co mmands can be e xecu ted on all networ k elements that run on Cisco IOS softw are , Cisco IOS XR softw are, Cisc o NX OS, and Cisc o ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 39

    1-11 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 Setting Up De vices and Using th e GUI Cli ent s Using Prime Network with Prime Central Prime Networ k a lso rece ives EPM- MI B tr ap s f rom t he ne twork. B y d efaul t Prim e N etwork re ceives EPM-MI B tra ps from a ny source in t he n etwor k. If d esir ed, you can configu re ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 40

    1-12 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 Setti ng Up Devices and Using th e GUI Client s Using Prim e Ne twork wit h Prime Central ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 41

    CH A P T E R 2-1 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 2 Working with the Prime Network Vision Client The fol l o wing top ics describe the user acc e ss roles requ ired to use Ci sc o Pri me Network V isi on (Prime Network V ision), the Prime Networ k V ision working environment, an d how to access the Prime N etwork V ision tool s a ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 42

    2-2 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 Working with the Prim e Network Vision Client Launchin g Prime Ne tw ork Vision Launching Prime Network Vision Prime Network V isi on is password protec ted to ensur e security . Before you start working with Prime Network V ision , make sure you know your userna me an d password. If you ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 43

    2-3 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 Work ing with the Prime Network Vision Cl ient Launching P rime Net work Vis ion Figur e 2-1 Pr ime Netw or k Vision with Netw or k Elements T ab This tab cont ains the follo wing radio bu ttons: • Search—T hi s radi o button is selec ted by default and al lows you t o searc h f ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 44

    2-4 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 Working with the Prim e Network Vision Client Changing You r GUI Client Pass word After lo gging into Prime N etwork V ision and launching the app lication, y ou can cu stomize the Prime Network V ision settings. For example, you c an: • Load the conten t pane with informati on when sta ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 45

    2-5 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 Work ing with the Prime Network Vision Cl ient The P rime N etw ork Vi sion W ind ow Figur e 2-2 Pr ime Netw or k Vision Wind ow Prime Networ k Vision Inve ntory Tabs Prime Network V isi on includes th e following in ventory tabs: • Netwo rk Elements—L ists all network e lements ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 46

    2-6 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 Working with the Prim e Network Vision Client The Prime Network Visi on Wi ndow • V irtual Machines—L ists all the v irtual ma chines. F or mor e informa tion about v irtual ma chines, se e V iewing the V irtua l Mach in es of a Da ta Cent er, page 26-1 9 . If the re ar e ti ckets ass ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 47

    2-7 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 Work ing with the Prime Network Vision Cl ient The P rime N etw ork Vi sion W ind ow Opening Maps Y ou can ope n up t o five maps at on e time . T o o pe n a m a p, ch oose File > Open Map . Th e Open Map dialog box i s displ ayed (s ee Figure 2-4 ). Figur e 2-4 Open Map Dialog Bo ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 48

    2-8 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 Working with the Prim e Network Vision Client The Prime Network Visi on Wi ndow The n a vigation pa ne can inclu de u p t o t wo icons f o r e ach element. These icons can in cl ude alarm ico ns, communicatio n or i n vestigatio n state ic ons, and badges, as sho wn in Figure 2-5 . Alarm ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 49

    2-9 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 Work ing with the Prime Network Vision Cl ient The P rime N etw ork Vi sion W ind ow • Links – Servic e and business links ar e repr esented as w ell as physic al and to pologica l links. – Unidirect io nal li nks include arrowhe ads that indicat e the d irection o f the flo w ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 50

    2-10 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 Working with the Prim e Network Vision Client The Prime Network Visi on Wi ndow For a complete list of the icons and their descr iptions, see Appendix A, “Icon an d Button Re ferenc e. ” T able 2-3 Networ k Elem ent Icon s Icon Networ k Eleme nt Icon Netw ork El em ent Access pse udo ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 51

    2-11 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 Work ing with the Prime Network Vision Cl ient The P rime N etw ork Vi sion W ind ow Links Prime Network V ision ma ps contai n gr aphical links t h at can represen t multiple physical, topological, service, and business links. Th e maxim um numbe r of grap hical link s that can be ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 52

    2-12 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 Working with the Prim e Network Vision Client The Prime Network Visi on Wi ndow T o redu ce the number of graph ical lin ks in a ma p, clic k Link Filter i n the toolb ar , and unch eck the check boxes for the links you do no t need to view . Links in maps ha ve toolti ps that prov ide y ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 53

    2-13 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 Work ing with the Prime Network Vision Cl ient The P rime N etw ork Vi sion W ind ow Ta b l e 2 - 7 describes th e network el ement pr opertie s displayed i n the Network El ement s tab . (L ocked network elemen ts display onl y manage d eleme nt info rmati on and the l ocked elem e ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 54

    2-14 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 Working with the Prim e Network Vision Client The Prime Network Visi on Wi ndow Ti p Click the re d triangle in a cell t o expand the cel l and view all th e information it contains. Y ou can also use a to oltip to vie w all the inf ormation. See Filtering a nd Sorting T abular Cont ent ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 55

    2-15 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 Work ing with the Prime Network Vision Cl ient The P rime N etw ork Vi sion W ind ow Ti p Click a colu mn heading in a tab le to so rt the informatio n b y that p roperty . Links View Click Show Links V iew in the toolbar to display the links vie w in the Prime Netw ork V ision wind ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 56

    2-16 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 Working with the Prim e Network Vision Client The Prime Network Visi on Wi ndow Figure 2-6 shows a links view . Figur e 2-6 L inks V iew Note A n exte rnal li nk ha s a blue ce ll back gro und in th e tab le, and yo u c an o pe n th e inve ntory w indow by clickin g the hyperli nk. For m ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 57

    2-17 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 Work ing with the Prime Network Vision Cl ient Prime Netw ork V ision Stat us I ndic ator s The links v ie w tool bar inclu des the tools descr ibed in T able 2-10 and the link filtering buttons describe d in T abl e 2 -10 . For more information ab out f iltering and sorting links i ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 58

    2-18 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 Working with the Prim e Network Vision Client Prime Netw ork Vision Status Ind icators Severity Se verity indicates the oper ational health of the element. An elem ent has only one se ve r ity valu e at any gi ven t ime, and this v a lue is displayed u sing a se v erity color . For more ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 59

    2-19 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 Work ing with the Prime Network Vision Cl ient Prime Netw ork V ision Stat us I ndic ator s When ne w ticke ts are accumulated , a label is displayed in the na vigation pane and map, based on the following form ul a: n s [ + ] where: For exam pl e: • An object with th ree critica ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 60

    2-20 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 Working with the Prim e Network Vision Client Prime Netw ork Vision Status Ind icators A managed V NE icon consi sts of a man aged eleme nt icon and one or two overlay icons, or badges : • The managed el eme nt ic on displays a symbol of the element, and the co lor of the symbol indica ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 61

    2-21 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 Work ing with the Prime Network Vision Cl ient Prime Netw ork V ision Stat us I ndic ator s T abl e 2- 11 and T able 2 -12 descri be ne two rk elemen t commu nicati on and in vestig ation state s and sho ws the r elated badge f or each sta te. T able 2-1 1 VNE Commun ication Stat es ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 62

    2-22 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 Working with the Prim e Network Vision Client Prime Netw ork Vision Status Ind icators More th an one managem ent stat e can occur at th e same ti me. For e xample, a sin gle o verla y icon ca n be displaye d, re fle ctin g th e device sta tus based on the f ollowing prio rit ies: Unsupp ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 63

    2-23 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 Work ing with the Prime Network Vision Cl ient Prim e Netw ork Vision Too l bar Tickets Cisco Prime Netwo rk V ision displays an icon with a tick et to in dicate th e se v erity of the top-most al arm on the tick et. The ico ns are the same as those used with netw ork elements (s ee ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 64

    2-24 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 Working with the Prim e Network Vision Client Prime Netw ork Vision Toolba r Show Links V ie w Displays the links view in the Prime Net work V i sion conte nt pane (the button togg les wh en sel ecte d o r des elect ed ). Overla y T ools Choo se Overlay Ty p e Chooses and displa ys an ov ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 65

    2-25 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 Work ing with the Prime Network Vision Cl ient Prime Network Visi on Menu Bar Prime Network Vision Menu Bar The f ollo wing topi cs descri be the options t hat a re a vailab le in each Pr ime Netw ork V ision men u: • File Menu , page 2-26 • Edit Menu , page 2-27 • V iew Men u ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 66

    2-26 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 Working with the Prim e Network Vision Client Prime Netw ork Vision Men u Ba r • Reports Men u, pa ge 2 -30 • W i ndow Menu, page 2-30 • Help Men u, page 2-30 Note The functiona lity that a user can ac cess in Prime N etwork V ision depends on the use r role an d the security le ve ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 67

    2-27 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 Work ing with the Prime Network Vision Cl ient Prime Network Visi on Menu Bar Edit Menu T abl e 2- 15 ide ntif ies the options av ailable in t he Prime Ne twork V ision Edit menu. F or more inform ati on, see Ch ap ter 5, “ W orking with Prim e Net work V i sion Map s. ” View Me ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 68

    2-28 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 Working with the Prim e Network Vision Client Prime Netw ork Vision Men u Ba r Node Me nu T abl e 2- 17 describes the Node menu op tions. Note Most of the functionality a v ailable in this menu is av ailable only when an ele ment icon or an aggrega tion is selec ted in t he navigat ion p ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 69

    2-29 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 Work ing with the Prime Network Vision Cl ient Prime Network Visi on Menu Bar Activation Menu Note Transaction M anager repla ces the Prime N etwork W orkf low and Action feature s in all new installations of Prim e Network 4.0. I f yo u have upgrad ed to Prime Network 4.0, th e W o ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 70

    2-30 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 Working with the Prim e Network Vision Client Prime Netw ork Vision Men u Ba r Reports Me nu T abl e 2- 21 describes the Repo rts m enu opt ions . For more inf orm ation a bou t Re port Ma na ger a nd rep orts, se e Chapte r 10, “W orking with Re ports. ” Window M enu The Prime Netw ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 71

    2-31 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 Work ing with the Prime Network Vision Cl ient Pri me Networ k Vision Right -Cli ck Menus Prime Network Vision Ri ght-Click Menu s If you ri ght- cli ck a s peci fic ar ea, l ink, n etwork e le me nt, device, or a lar m in a Pri me N et work V ision window , a c ontext-sensit iv e r ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 72

    2-32 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 Working with the Prim e Network Vision Client Prime Network Vision Right-Clic k Me nus Map Right-Clic k Menu The map ri ght-cl ick menu is di splayed w hen you ri ght-click anywhere on a ma p in the cont ent pan e and no el ements a r e sele cted. T abl e 2- 23 de scri bes the map r ight ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 73

    2-33 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 Work ing with the Prime Network Vision Cl ient Pri me Networ k Vision Right -Cli ck Menus Comm ands Enables you to la unch any of the comm ands th at are i nclude d with Prime Network V ision. F or more in formatio n on th e a vailable comman ds and h ow to implement them , see Conf ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 74

    2-34 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 Working with the Prim e Network Vision Client Prime Network Vision Right-Clic k Me nus Launch external applic ations Starts an e xter n al ap pl icat ion or tool tha t ha s bee n c onf igured for acc ess via the right-cl ick menu. For m ore in format ion, see the Cisco Prime Network 4.0 ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 75

    2-35 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 Work ing with the Prime Network Vision Cl ient Pri me Networ k Vision Right -Cli ck Menus T o ols The T ools o pti on co nt ain s the fol lowing ch oic es: • CPU Usag e—Displ ays mem ory and CPU us age infor matio n for a device or network elem ent. • Ping—Pi ngs the device ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 76

    2-36 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 Working with the Prim e Network Vision Client Prime Network Vision Right-Clic k Me nus Aggrega tion Right-Click Me nu The ag gregation right-c lick menu is displa yed when you right-c lick an aggregation i n a map. T abl e 2- 25 describes the aggr egation ri ght- click men u o ptions. Li ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 77

    2-37 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 Work ing with the Prime Network Vision Cl ient Pri me Networ k Vision Right -Cli ck Menus List View R ight-Click Men u The lis t view right-click me nu is displ ayed when you ri ght-c lick an ent ry in the Netwo rk Eleme nts tab in the li st view ta ble. F or more informat ion, see ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 78

    2-38 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 Working with the Prim e Network Vision Client Prime Network Vision Right-Clic k Me nus T o ols Conta ins th e foll owing subme nu op tions: • CPU Usage— Displa ys memor y and CPU usage i nforma tion fo r a device or net work el ement. • Ping—P ings the device from the client stat ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 79

    2-39 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 Work ing with the Prime Network Vision Cl ient Pri me Networ k Vision Right -Cli ck Menus Link s Vi ew R igh t-Click Me nu The links v iew right-clic k menu is disp layed whe n you righ t-clic k a link in the links view table . For more inform ati on, see Ch ap ter 6, “ W orking w ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 80

    2-40 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 Working with the Prim e Network Vision Client Adju sting the P rime Ne t work V isio n GUI C l ien t S e t ting s Ticket Ri ght-Click M enu The T icket right-clic k menu is displayed when you right-clic k a ticket in the ticke t pane. The T icket right- click me nu enabl es you to view t ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 81

    2-41 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 Work ing with the Prime Network Vision Cl ient Adjusting the Prime Network Vision GUI Client Settings T able 2-30 Options f or Changing Pr ime Networ k V ision GUI Client Field Description Star tup Load W orkspace on Startup Open t o conte nt pan e on log in. Che ck the box if you d ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 82

    2-42 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 Working with the Prim e Network Vision Client Filtering a nd Sorting Ta bular Conte nt Filtering and Sorting Tabul ar Content For tables with exten siv e data, you can v ie w all of the informatio n in a table cell b y hov ering your mouse curso r over the ce ll. T hes e t opic s expla i ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 83

    2-43 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 Work ing with the Prime Network Vision Cl ient Filtering and Sorting T abu lar Co n tent Filtering Tables Filterin g can be e xtremely helpful when wo rking w ith table s that c o ntain many entries. Note If you load a table with man y entries, (for exa mple, thousan ds of entries) ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 84

    2-44 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 Working with the Prim e Network Vision Client Filtering a nd Sorting Ta bular Conte nt Ti p Y ou can use the “Greater th an” or “ Less than” rul e with a string for f ilter ing. F or ex ample, if you want to inclu de all int erfaces ab ove Ether net0/0/ 3, you can sel ect Greate ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 85

    CH A P T E R 3-1 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 3 Viewing and Managing NE Propertie s The fol l o wing top ics describe the user acc e ss roles requ ired to use Ci sc o Pri me Network V isi on (Prime Network V ision ) and how to view network elemen t physical and lo gical pro perti es in any mapped network: • User Rol es Requ ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 86

    3-2 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 3 Viewing and Managi ng NE Pro pertie s User R oles Req uire d to Wor k with Prim e Net work V isi o n The fol lo wing table s identify the task s that y ou can perform: • Ta b l e 3 - 1 identif ies the tasks that you can perform if a selected ele ment is not in on e of your assig ne d s ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 87

    3-3 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 3 Viewi ng and Manag ing NE Proper ties Information Available in Element Icons Information Available in Element Icons Element ic o ns in Prim e Netwo rk V ision map s display d if f erent amounts of in formation according to their size as sho w n in Ta b l e 2 - 2 . T able 3- 3 identif ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 88

    3-4 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 3 Viewing and Managi ng NE Pro pertie s Information Availab le in Element Icon s Ethernet flo w poin t Color repre senti ng the associat ed alarm se verity Name • Name in card title • T ype, suc h as Trunk, Access, Dot1Q T unnel, and so on • Match cri teria • Name i n card ti tle ? ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 89

    3-5 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 3 Viewi ng and Manag ing NE Proper ties Information Available in Element Icons Net work e lem en t Colo r re pre se nti ng the associat ed alarm se verity Name • Name in card title • Elemen t mode l • IP addre ss • Soft ware v ersi on • Name i n card ti tle • Elemen t model ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 90

    3-6 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 3 Viewing and Managi ng NE Pro pertie s Viewing the Pr oper ties of a Netwo rk Element Viewing the Properties of a Network Element Y o u can view the general informat ion about a selected network element in the Prime Net work V ision map vie w and vie w more detaile d informat io n b y vie ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 91

    3-7 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 3 Viewi ng and Manag ing NE Proper ties Viewin g the Propert ies of a Network E lement T able 3-4 Proper ties and In vent ory Windo ws Field Description General T ab Elem ent icon Icon represe nting the elemen t in Prime Ne twork V ision an d displaying the curren t color associated wi ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 92

    3-8 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 3 Viewing and Managi ng NE Pro pertie s Viewing the Pr oper ties of a Netwo rk Element Network Eleme nt Badges Netw ork elemen ts and links can also dis play ba dges that are techno logy-specif ic, such as a Prot ected LSP or an STP root. Ta b l e 3 - 5 de scribes s ome o f the ba dges th a ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 93

    3-9 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 3 Viewi ng and Manag ing NE Proper ties Invento ry Windo w Inventory Win dow Ta b l e 3 - 6 descri bes the task s tha t y ou ca n pe rf orm f rom the in vent ory w indow and r ela ted topi cs. Reconciliatio n The element with th is badge is associated with a networ k element that does ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 94

    3-10 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 3 Viewing and Managi ng NE Pro pertie s In vent ory W indo w The inv entory wi ndow also allows you to view technology- specific inform ation . For more info rmation on viewing te ch nolo gy-sp eci fic infor ma tio n in logi ca l inve ntory or p hysica l inventory , see: • Chapter 12 , ? ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 95

    3-11 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 3 Viewi ng and Manag ing NE Proper ties Invento ry Windo w Figur e 3-2 Inv ent ory Windo w The inv entory wi ndow displays the physic al and lo gical inv e ntory for the select ed item. For more inform ation about the options in the in ventor y window , see: • Na vigat ion P ane, pa ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 96

    3-12 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 3 Viewing and Managi ng NE Pro pertie s In vent ory W indo w • Checking V NE Conn ectivity a nd Co mm unic ation St atu s, page 3- 16 • W orkin g w ith Ports, page 3-2 3 All areas displayed in the in ventory windo w are correlated; th is means that selecting an option in one area affec ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 97

    3-13 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 3 Viewi ng and Manag ing NE Proper ties Invento ry Windo w Communicat ion and Investi gat ion State Ic ons The na vigation pa ne can al s o displa y a co mmunication or in ve stigation state icon ne xt to the elem ent icon in t he n avigation a nd co nt en t pane s. For more informat ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 98

    3-14 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 3 Viewing and Managi ng NE Pro pertie s In vent ory W indo w Figur e 3-3 Device V iew P ane Device View Pane To olbar The fo llowing tools for work ing with t he device view pane: Icon Description Displays an enhanced vie w of the components within the de vice in a browse box a s y ou move ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 99

    3-15 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 3 Viewi ng and Manag ing NE Proper ties Invento ry Windo w Ticket and Events Pa ne The ti cket and events pa ne is displ ayed at the bott om of th e in ventor y wind o w and conta ins the fo llowing tabs: • T ickets—Disp lays the tick ets that are collected on the selecte d elemen ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 100

    3-16 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 3 Viewing and Managi ng NE Pro pertie s Checking VNE Connectivity a nd Comm uni cat ion Status When displayi ng network and provisioning events, Prime Networ k V ision mo nitors the hist ory size value defined in the E vents tab of t he Opti ons dialog box ( T ools > Options > Events ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 101

    3-17 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 3 Viewi ng and Manag ing NE Proper ties Ch ec king VNE Co nnect ivit y an d Co m m unica tio n S tatu s Figur e 3-4 VNE Prop ertie s Windo w Note VNE status is not the same as de vice status. A device may be fully rea chable and op erati ng ev en though the VNE stat us is Down, Unreac ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 102

    3-18 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 3 Viewing and Managi ng NE Pro pertie s Checking VNE Connectivity a nd Comm uni cat ion Status Figu re 3-5 V NE Status Deta ils W indow The VNE Status Deta ils windo w p rovides this information ab out the VNE: • Its management co nnecti vity state, which has to do with ho w the VNE was ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 103

    3-19 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 3 Viewi ng and Manag ing NE Proper ties Viewing the Physical Prope rties of a Dev ice Viewing the Physical Prop erties of a Devi ce Each d e vice t hat is ma naged by Pri m e Net wor k is mode led in t h e sam e manne r . The p hysical i n ventory reflects the physic al c omp onent s ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 104

    3-20 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 3 Viewing and Managi ng NE Pro pertie s Viewing the Ph ys ic al Properties of a Device Fans and power supp lies ar e displ aye d in phy sica l inventory if t hey are field r ep lacab le uni ts ( FRUs). The ma nn er in wh ich the fans a re di spla yed d ep ends o n wh ethe r t he fan s ca n ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 105

    3-21 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 3 Viewi ng and Manag ing NE Proper ties Viewing the Physical Prope rties of a Dev ice The buttons th at are di splayed in the physic al in vent ory co ntent pane depen d on the sele cted po rt. For inform ation abo ut configuri ng t opology f rom a port, se e Addi ng St atic Lin ks, p ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 106

    3-22 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 3 Viewing and Managi ng NE Pro pertie s Viewing the Ph ys ic al Properties of a Device Viewing Satellite Properties Prime Network pro vides satellite support for Cisco Aggrega tion Service Router (ASR) 9000 series networ k elements. Satel lites are used to enhance performance bandwid th of ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 107

    3-23 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 3 Viewi ng and Manag ing NE Proper ties Working with Ports One or mor e satell ites are conn ected t o the host Ci sco ASR 900 0 series netw ork element by using t he physical ethernet link s, which also act as inte r -chassis links (ICLs) for connecting th e satellites with the other ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 108

    3-24 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 3 Viewing and Managi ng NE Pro pertie s Working with Port s Figure 3-8 shows an example of the Port s ta b in the i nv e ntor y window . Figur e 3-8 Po rts T ab in the In vent ory Windo w T abl e 3- 10 describes the infor mation that is displayed in the Ports tab . T able 3-1 0 Po rts T ab ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 109

    3-25 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 3 Viewi ng and Manag ing NE Proper ties Working with Ports Viewing a Port Configuratio n In addi tion t o v iewing logi cal i nv en tory in form at ion fr om t he l og ica l i nv e ntor y b ranc h, yo u ca n view services pr ovisioned on physi cal port s by clicking a physi cal port i ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 110

    3-26 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 3 Viewing and Managi ng NE Pro pertie s Working with Port s The sub interfac e is a logical interf ace define d in the device; a ll of its param eters can be par t of it s configurat ion . T able 3- 11 d escrib es the information t hat can be displayed in the Subinterf aces table. Not all ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 111

    3-27 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 3 Viewi ng and Manag ing NE Proper ties Viewin g the Lo gical Pr operties of a Network E lement Step 3 T o disable alar ms on one or mor e ports at the same time : a. In the in vento ry windo w , click the Por t s tab . b. In the Ports table, select the requir ed ports. Y ou can selec ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 112

    3-28 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 3 Viewing and Managi ng NE Pro pertie s Viewing the Logi cal Propert ie s of a Network Element Logical Inv entory W indow Logica l in ventor y infor mation is displayed in th e in vento ry window as shown in Figu re 3-10 . Figur e 3-1 0 L ogical In ve ntory Inf or mation Displa yed in the ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 113

    3-29 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 3 Viewi ng and Manag ing NE Proper ties Viewin g the Lo gical Pr operties of a Network E lement Logical Inv entory Navig ation Pane Bra nches T abl e 3- 12 describ es t he br an ch es t ha t appe a r in the log i cal inv entory n avigati on pa ne . T ab le 3- 12 Logi cal Invento ry Na ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 114

    3-30 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 3 Viewing and Managi ng NE Pro pertie s Viewing the Logi cal Propert ie s of a Network Element Logical Inv entory Na vigation Pa ne Ico ns Each bra nch in the logical in vent ory navigation pane is repr esente d by an icon an d, if approp riat e, includ es an ico n indic ating the s tatu s ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 115

    3-31 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 3 Viewi ng and Manag ing NE Proper ties Viewing Device Operating System Information Logical Inv entory C ontent Pane Tabs T abl e 3- 13 describe s the tabs that are displayed in the lo gical in ventory co ntent pane when you sele ct Logical In ventory , de pendi ng o n t he device c o ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 116

    3-32 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 3 Viewing and Managi ng NE Pro pertie s Viewin g Devi ce Operat ing Sys tem Information T o vi ew operatin g syst em i n forma tion for Cisc o IO S, Cisco I OS XR, or Cisco IO S X E devices: Step 1 In Prime Networ k V ision, dou ble-cl ick the re quired device. Step 2 For a Ci sco IO S de ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 117

    3-33 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 3 Viewi ng and Manag ing NE Proper ties Viewing Device Operating System Information Figur e 3-1 1 Modular OS Inf or mation in Logical In vent ory T abl e 3- 15 describes the infor mation that is displayed for Cisco IOS XR system. T able 3-15 Modular OS Inf or mation in Logica l Invent ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 118

    3-34 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 3 Viewing and Managi ng NE Pro pertie s Runni ng an Ac tivati on fr om the Activa tion Men u T abl e 3- 16 describes the infor mation that is displayed for modular operating systems in the Operat ing Syste m tab . Running an Activatio n from the Activation Menu Note Transaction M anager re ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 119

    3-35 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 3 Viewi ng and Manag ing NE Proper ties Running an Activation fr om the Ac tivati on Menu These to pics descri be how to run activ ati ons: • Network Activa tion Window , page 3-35 • Runn ing Ac ti vat ion s, pag e 3-35 • Searchin g for Activ ations (Ac tiv ati on History) , pag ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 120

    3-36 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 3 Viewing and Managi ng NE Pro pertie s Runni ng an Ac tivati on fr om the Activa tion Men u Step 4 Check your en tries an d pre view yo ur chan ges: a. Click the User Input tab and check all of the v alues you entered. b. Click the Pre view Conf iguration tab, which displays and v alidate ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 121

    3-37 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 3 Viewi ng and Manag ing NE Proper ties Running an Activation fr om the Ac tivati on Menu Step 1 From th e A ctiv ation m en u, choo se Activ ation Hist ory . The Acti vation History windo w displays a list of recent acti v ation atte mpts. Step 2 If necessary , search for the de s ir ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 122

    3-38 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 3 Viewing and Managi ng NE Pro pertie s Runni ng an Ac tivati on fr om the Activa tion Men u ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 123

    CH A P T E R 4-1 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 4 Device Configurations and Software Images Cisco Pri me N etwork Chang e and Configura tio n Ma nage ment (CCM ) provides t oo ls f or ma nagi ng the software imag es a nd device configura ti on files u sed by t he devices in you r network. CCM is also the launch point for the fo ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 124

    4-2 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 4 D evice Configurations and Software Imag es What is Change an d Configura tion Mana gem e nt? Configur ation Management Configurati on Manage ment en ables you t o control and trac k chan ges that are made to a device configurati on . It u ses a cha nge man ag emen t fe a ture to det ect ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 125

    4-3 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 4 Dev i ce Con figuration s and Software Images Set Up Ch ange and C onfi gurati on Management Note A ll imag e manag ement ope rations are p erforme d only o n compl etely ma naged d e vices. ( This me ans the Communi cati on State of t he device m ust be Re a chable and I nv est igat ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 126

    4-4 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 4 D evice Configurations and Software Imag es Set Up Change and Configuratio n Managem ent T o d isab le port 80 80, pe r form the sa me op er ati on but use the disa ble a rgume nt. • The SCP p ort be ing use d by a device m ust m atch the SCP port configu red in t he d evice VNE (the VN ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 127

    4-5 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 4 Dev i ce Con figuration s and Software Images Set Up Ch ange and C onfi gurati on Management • Ensure reachab ility from Prime Net work units to de vices and vice versa. • Make sure you have performed al l of the device co nfiguration p rerequisit es for ad ding VNEs. These comm ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 128

    4-6 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 4 D evice Configurations and Software Imag es Set Up Change and Configuratio n Managem ent Cautio n FTP is not a secure mode of tran sfer . Use SCP/SFT P instead, for secure config and imag e tran sfers. – The TFTP source in terfa ce on the de vices must be able to reach the unit. Oth erw ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 129

    4-7 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 4 Dev i ce Con figuration s and Software Images Set Up Ch ange and C onfi gurati on Management – Ho w often are change s made to de vices? 7. Specify the de fault mode of rest oring configuratio n files to the de vices using Re store Mode . 8. Conf igure the SMTP serv er and e-mail I ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 130

    4-8 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 4 D evice Configurations and Software Imag es Set Up Change and Configuratio n Managem ent 4. Enable t h e wa r m upgrad e fa cility to reduce the down time of a de vice during p lanned C isco IOS software upgr ades or downgrades (in t he W arm Up grade area). 5. Configure the gateway stori ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 131

    4-9 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 4 Dev i ce Con figuration s and Software Images Set Up Ch ange and C onfi gurati on Management Device Group s Setup Tasks Y ou c an c reate use r-defined device grou ps f or ea se of pe rfo rm ing op er ation s. A sta tic g rou p c onta ins a specific set of d evices; new devices must ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 132

    4-10 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 4 D evice Configurations and Software Imag es Use the CCM Das hb oard Y ou ca n set u p membersh ip rules with para meters su ch as device name, range of d e vice I P addresse s, and th e device elem ent ty pe. For examp le: Device Name equals 1800 IP Address between 10.77.214.107 And 10.7 ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 133

    4-11 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 4 Dev i ce Con figuration s and Software Images U se th e CCM Das hboar d Figur e 4-2 CCM Dash board Dashlet Provides information about: T op Families Four devic e families with the highest numb er of dev ices in the networ k. Smaller groups c an be vi ewed by toggling t o the tabular ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 134

    4-12 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 4 D evice Configurations and Software Imag es Device Co nfigurat ions Use the follo wing icons to toggle between dif ferent vie ws in the T op Families, Conf iguration Sync Status , a nd C o nfigurat io n C h ang es in th e La st W eek das h let s. Device Configu rations The fo llowing top ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 135

    4-13 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 4 Dev i ce Con figuration s and Software Images Device Con figurations Protect Configuratio ns in the Archive T able 4-1 Configuration Inf or mation Displa yed on Archiv ed Configur ations P age Field Description Device Name Nam e of device. Click t he icon next to the device na me to ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 136

    4-14 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 4 D evice Configurations and Software Imag es Device Co nfigurat ions Assigning labels to con figuration files is a clear, simple way to identify important configurati ons and con ve y critical info rmation. Y ou can manage labels by choosing Labels > Manage . • Adding a label adds it ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 137

    4-15 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 4 Dev i ce Con figuration s and Software Images Device Con figurations Figur e 4-3 Compare Configur ations Dialog Bo x Y ou ca n compa re any typ es of con figuratio ns as long as they run o n the sa me oper ating system . Howe ver, you cannot co mpare a Ci sco IO S configuration with ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 138

    4-16 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 4 D evice Configurations and Software Imag es Device Co nfigurat ions Step 3 Y o u ca n choose to do t he f oll owing: Copy a Configuration F ile to a Central Server Y ou can export co nfigurati ons to an FTP or SFT P server tha t is spec ified on t he C onfigurat ion Manageme nt Settings ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 139

    4-17 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 4 Dev i ce Con figuration s and Software Images Device Con figurations Step 3 Click Export . The export jo b is creat ed and you are redirect ed to the Job Ma na ger page , where you can monitor the status of the job . Are Running and Startu p Configs M ismatched? (Cisco IOS and Cis c ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 140

    4-18 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 4 D evice Configurations and Software Imag es Device Co nfigurat ions Figur e 4-4 Configur ation S ync hr onization - Out of Sync Devices P age Step 2 Click the C om pare icon to launc h the Compa re Configurati on window , w hich provides a si de-by-side view of the two configuration s an ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 141

    4-19 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 4 Dev i ce Con figuration s and Software Images Device Con figurations • Cisco N exus ser ies devices: Startu p and ru nnin g con figurations for all VD Cs con figured i n the device. • Cisco 7 600 se rie s d evices wi th a n A CE ca rd : Star tu p an d r unn ing co nfigurati ons ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 142

    4-20 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 4 D evice Configurations and Software Imag es Device Co nfigurat ions Manually B acking Up C onfiguration Files Files are automatic ally back ed up to the archi ve acco rding to the v alues on the Co nfig uration Managemen t Settings page. T o perform an on-deman d backup of con fig uratio ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 143

    4-21 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 4 Dev i ce Con figuration s and Software Images Device Con figurations Figur e 4-5 Configuration Backup P age Step 3 T o choose d evices from a specific device group, cl ick Select Groups . Click the hyper linked device group name to vie w the list of de vices that belong to the gr ou ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 144

    4-22 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 4 D evice Configurations and Software Imag es Device Co nfigurat ions Fix a Live D evice Config uration (R estore) CCM pe rform s the conf iguration re store op eration in eithe r overwrite or mer ge mode, a s de scri bed in the fo llowing. As part o f re store o pe ratio n, the c onfigura ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 145

    4-23 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 4 Dev i ce Con figuration s and Software Images Device Con figurations If you sele cted all the entr ies in a page , and then de selected on e or few options fro m the selec tion, a nd then mo ve to the subseq uent pages to select all th e de vices from the De vices (in the tabl e hea ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 146

    4-24 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 4 D evice Configurations and Software Imag es Device Co nfigurat ions Note Edi ted f iles a re restored only in mer ge mode. If you are restorin g to startup mode on the de vi ces ASR 9 01, A SR 903 , and M WR 294 1, the rest or e pr oc edu re i s perfo rm ed on overwrite mode . Step 4 If ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 147

    4-25 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 4 Dev i ce Con figuration s and Software Images Device Con figurations Note Y o u might be p rompt ed to e nter your device acc es s c rede nti als. T his o pt ion is e na ble d if , fro m the Prime Net work Administration > Global Settings > Security Settings > User Account ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 148

    4-26 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 4 D evice Configurations and Software Imag es Softwa re Images Figur e 4-8 Configuration Change Logs The Conf iguration Change L ogs page d isplays c hange inf ormation, sor ted acc ording to the late st time stamp. (For a descriptio n of comm on fields, see Device Configur ation s, pa ge ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 149

    4-27 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 4 Dev i ce Con figuration s and Software Images Software Images • Clean Up th e Repositor y , page 4-44 Add New Images to the Repository Ima ges a re copied t o the st oring d irect ory specif ied on t he Image Manageme nt Sett ings page. Prime Netwo rk ver ifi es whether the f ile ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 150

    4-28 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 4 D evice Configurations and Software Imag es Softwa re Images New Device s: Create an Image Bas eline Use this method to create a n image b aseline—t hat is, i mport softw are imag es direc tly from e xisting devices to the Prime Ne twork image reposi tory . This i s useful when you add ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 151

    4-29 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 4 Dev i ce Con figuration s and Software Images Software Images Step 8 If yo u have selected t wo or mo re d evices, cl ick on e of the foll owing to s pec i fy t he o pe ra tion m od e: • Pa rallel Order —Impor ts imag es f rom all de vices at th e sam e time. • Sequent ial Ord ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 152

    4-30 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 4 D evice Configurations and Software Imag es Softwa re Images If app ropriate, th e imag es can be activ ated as part o f the distrib ution job, and these task s can al so be perform ed: • Commit Ci s co IOS XR (so tha t changes are sa ved acr oss de vice reload s). • Perform a warm u ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 153

    4-31 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 4 Dev i ce Con figuration s and Software Images Software Images An upgr ade analy sis ver ifi es that the de vic e contains suf f icient R AM or sto rage, the image is compati ble with the de vice family , and the softwar e vers ion is compatible with th e image ve rsion running on th ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 154

    4-32 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 4 D evice Configurations and Software Imag es Softwa re Images Note Prim e Network does not su pport T AR f ile operations on de v ices. If you hav e T AR files to impor t, you must extr act the T AR file an d then im port the im age fr om the d ev ice. T A R f ile operations are suppor te ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 155

    4-33 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 4 Dev i ce Con figuration s and Software Images Software Images Note Ch eck the report to v erify whet her the st orage locat ion ha s suff icient s pace f or the image or package. If th e space is in su f ficient, the distributio n will fail. If there is insuff icient memory , you ca ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 156

    4-34 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 4 D evice Configurations and Software Imag es Softwa re Images Step 8 Click Finished . Y ou ar e redire cted to the Jobs page , where you can chec k the sta tus of the dist ribution job . Note Di strib ution fa ils if a timeout occurs after 30 minutes. Y ou can view the job resu lts for in ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 157

    4-35 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 4 Dev i ce Con figuration s and Software Images Software Images Activa t e Cisco IOS S oft ware Images T o acti vate a Cis co IOS image on a netw ork element: Step 1 Cho ose Images > Activ ate. Step 2 From the Cisco Devices tab, cho ose IOS by act i v ation method ( IO S by Images ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 158

    4-36 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 4 D evice Configurations and Software Imag es Softwa re Images If it cannot pro ceed, yo u will not be permitted to continue . Otherwise, c lick Next. Step 8 Enter the scheduling i nformation in th e Schedule Activati on page. By default, j obs are sche duled to ru n as soon as possib le. ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 159

    4-37 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 4 Dev i ce Con figuration s and Software Images Software Images Step 7 Y ou ca n ch oose t o perf or m o ne o f t h e fol lowing fo r ea c h r ow in th e t abl e: • Edit —Modify t he boot priority v alue, the image name, an d the conf iguration file , if required. The modified boo ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 160

    4-38 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 4 D evice Configurations and Software Imag es Softwa re Images • When upgra ding the core router pa ckage (s uch as c12k-min i or comp- hfr- mini), the manageab ility packag e (such as c12k-m gbl or hfr-mgbl -p) must be upg raded at the same time to ensur e that the router rema ins manag ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 161

    4-39 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 4 Dev i ce Con figuration s and Software Images Software Images Activat e, Deacti vate, and Delete Cisco I OS XR Packag es Note For Cisc o IO S XR d evices, we rec ommend that yo u do not co mmit th e packag e cha ng e until t he device runs with its conf igu ration for a perio d of t ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 162

    4-40 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 4 D evice Configurations and Software Imag es Softwa re Images Step 4 En ter the sche du ling i nfor ma tion. By defaul t, j ob s are sche du led to r un a s so on as pos sible. Note The time you s pecify here to schedu le the ac tiv ation job is the server tim e. Step 5 Enter the e-mail I ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 163

    4-41 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 4 Dev i ce Con figuration s and Software Images Software Images Synchronize All Satellites Without Performing an Activation T o synchronize all satellites to gether wit hout acti va tion: Step 1 Cho ose Images > Activ ate > IOS-XR and the activ ation method (b y De vices ). Step ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 164

    4-42 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 4 D evice Configurations and Software Imag es Softwa re Images Note W e recomm end tha t you do no t commit pa ckag e change s until the device runs with its configura tion for a period of time, u ntil you are sure the chan ge is approp riate. In that way , the change is not yet persisted ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 165

    4-43 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 4 Dev i ce Con figuration s and Software Images Software Images • Make sure you ha ve the permi ssions to perfor m the rollb ack opera tion. Y ou will not be allowed to schedul e a rol lback job, if yo u do not have permi ssions. T o rol l bac k a Cisc o IO S XR pack age: Step 1 Cho ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 166

    4-44 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 4 D evice Configurations and Software Imag es Softwa re Images Step 8 Enter the s ched uling info rmati on. Note The time you spec ify here to schedu le the ro llback jo b is the server time . Step 9 Enter the e- mail ID(s ) to whic h to se nd a notif ication aft er the scheduled rollback ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 167

    4-45 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 4 Dev i ce Con figuration s and Software Images Configur at io n Aud it Note In the Co nfiguration Man agemen t and Im age M anagem ent Settings page s, CCM does not s uppo rt the foll owing sp ec i al ch ar ac t er s: • For P assword f ields—>, <, ', /, , !, :, ;, an ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 168

    4-46 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 4 D evice Configurations and Software Imag es Configura ti on A udi t Y o u can c ombine mu ltiple d iff erent conf igurations into one poli cy . F or e xample: #BGP Configuration Audit router bgp (.*) neighbor (.*) remote-as (.*) address-family ipv4 # Interface MEP check interface Gigabit ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 169

    4-47 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 4 Dev i ce Con figuration s and Software Images Configur at io n Aud it Figur e 4-1 0 Cr eate Conf iguration P olicy -Show ing Guidelin es Edit, View, or D elete Conf igura ti on P olicy In the Configur atio n Pol ic ies page , you c an a lso d o the fo llowing: • Select a pol icy a ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 170

    4-48 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 4 D evice Configurations and Software Imag es Configura ti on A udi t Step 4 In the Schedule Audit page , provide a job nam e and the sc heduling i nform ation for the configurat ion audit job . Y ou can choose to run the aud it job immediat ely or at a later point in time. A popup with th ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 171

    4-49 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 4 Dev i ce Con figuration s and Software Images Configur at io n Aud it Figur e 4-1 1 Configuration Au dit Job De tails Step 2 Click on the hyperlinked Status (P ass/Fai l icon) in the Job Results table. Or , click the hyperlink ed Success or Failure hyperl ink in the Result field of ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 172

    4-50 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 4 D evice Configurations and Software Imag es Compliance Audit The m atching comman ds are di splayed i n green ( see Figu re 4-13 ), while the discrepancies ar e displayed in red (see Figure 4-12 ). For a fai led job, th e Audit Result sec tion also display s the rea son why th e audit wa ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 173

    4-51 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 4 Dev i ce Con figuration s and Software Images Compliance Audit Using Compliance Au dit, you can create p olicies that can cont ain multiple rule s, and policies ca n be grouped t og ether to crea te a policy pro file which ca n be run on a set of devices, cal l ed audi t of devices. ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 174

    4-52 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 4 D evice Configurations and Software Imag es Compliance Audit Creating Policies and Profiles, and Running a Compliance Audit Job Running an audit job the f irst time requir es you to f ollo w a specif ic wo rkflo w: Creating a Polic y The fi r st step in auditing de vices is to create a p ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 175

    4-53 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 4 Dev i ce Con figuration s and Software Images Compliance Audit Figu re 4-14 Comp lian ce Policy Page The fo llowing steps explain th e proced ure: Y ou ca n either create a new policy or you can impo rt an existing policy by clic king the Import icon . Y ou can expor t exis ting p o ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 176

    4-54 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 4 D evice Configurations and Software Imag es Compliance Audit Step 1 From the lef t navigation pane , select th e policy to whi ch you want to ad d rules. Step 2 From th e work are a pane , clic k the Create Rule icon. Step 3 Enter the followi n g details. For sample r ules, see Creating ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 177

    4-55 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 4 Dev i ce Con figuration s and Software Images Compliance Audit Condit ion s and Ac ti ons—Condit io ns Detail s t ab Condition Scope Details • Condition Sco pe—C hoo se t he sc ope of the cond ition s f rom o ne of the be low: – Configurati on—Ch ecks t he c om plete runn ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 178

    4-56 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 4 D evice Configurations and Software Imag es Compliance Audit After you complete adding rules to the polic y , a prof ile must be cre ated. F o r more information, see Creating a Poli cy Prof ile . Creating R ules—Samples This section e xplai ns three scenario s in which rules can be cr ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 179

    4-57 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 4 Dev i ce Con figuration s and Software Images Compliance Audit Problem This polic y checks if at least tw o N TP serv ers are co nf igured on th e de vice for NTP server redunda ncy . The fol lo wing condition ch ecks if the co mmand n tp serv er appears at lea st twice. Solu tion T ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 180

    4-58 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 4 D evice Configurations and Software Imag es Compliance Audit Figur e 4-15 Polic y Pr ofile P age Foll ow the procedure belo w to create a ne w p olicy pr of ile: Step 1 From the left navigat ion pane, click the Crea te New Policy Pr of ile i con. Enter na me and de scripti on of the poli ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 181

    4-59 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 4 Dev i ce Con figuration s and Software Images Compliance Audit Step 3 Th e Sched ule Audit pag e appear s. Enter the schedul e details. A gainst Choose Configuration optio n, choose th e configurat ion tha t you want to be a pplied : • Use Lat est Archived Configuration —If you ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 182

    4-60 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 4 D evice Configurations and Software Imag es Compliance Audit Y ou can vi ew the st atu s of a fix job af ter the jo b c ompl ete s. Cl ic k th e hyperl inked sta tus to view the results of t he fi x job . T able 4-7 Compliance A udit Violation De tails- Fields Field Description Job Det a ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 183

    4-61 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 4 Dev i ce Con figuration s and Software Images Global Settings and Administration Global Setting s and Administration This t opic con t ains the fol lowing s ectio ns: • Change Con figuration Mana gemenn t Global Setting s, page 4-61 • Change Im age Ma nagement Globa l Settings , ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 184

    4-62 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 4 D evice Configurations and Software Imag es Glob al Se tt ing s an d Administr ation Minimum Age  to Purge Age (in da ys) at whi ch co nfigurati ons shoul d be pu rged ( be twee n 5 -36 0). Config uration Chan ge Purge S ettings Purge Chan ge L ogs after The ag e in da ys at whi ch c ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 185

    4-63 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 4 Dev i ce Con figuration s and Software Images Global Settings and Administration Enable Initi al Conf ig Syncup Allo ws CM to fet ch the conf iguration f iles from th e netw ork de vices and arch ive i t whenev er a ne w device is a dded to Prim e N etwork. I f this set ting i s en ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 186

    4-64 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 4 D evice Configurations and Software Imag es Glob al Se tt ing s an d Administr ation Dev ice Ac cess Credentials F or enhanc ed securi ty , and to pre vent unautho rized a ccess to devices, you mi ght be asked to ente r device cred enti al s. This optio n is en able d if, from the Prime ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 187

    4-65 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 4 Dev i ce Con figuration s and Software Images Global Settings and Administration Notes on Exclude Commands Exclud e comm ands are inhe rite d; in other word s, if th ree excl ude co mman ds are s pecified for Cisc o routers, a ll de vices is an y of the Cisc o router f amilies will ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 188

    4-66 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 4 D evice Configurations and Software Imag es Glob al Se tt ing s an d Administr ation Configur ation Expor t File Type for Devi ce Families The fo llowing table pr ovides the type s of configurati on files exported for differen t types of devices. Change Imag e Manag ement Global Se tting ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 189

    4-67 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 4 Dev i ce Con figuration s and Software Images Global Settings and Administration File Locatio ns Full pathname of d irectories wher e images are store d when the y are being impo rted i nto the Prime Netwo rk image re pository , or when they are bei ng transferred out of the rep osi ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 190

    4-68 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 4 D evice Configurations and Software Imag es Glob al Se tt ing s an d Administr ation Check the Processes CCM runs on A VM 77. T o c heck, start, stop, or resta rt the process, use the following comm ands: dmctl status dmctl start dmctl stop dmctl restart Manage J obs Prime Network redir ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 191

    4-69 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 4 Dev i ce Con figuration s and Software Images Global Settings and Administration • Cancel stops a ll future instances o f a job. T o stop a job and resume it later , use Suspend and Re sume • T o view the history of a job, ch oose a job and vi ew the history from t he History ta ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 192

    4-70 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 4 D evice Configurations and Software Imag es Glob al Se tt ing s an d Administr ation T abl e 4- 11 lists all o f the CCM func tions that ar e that f iltered to only sho w d ev ices in the de vice scope of a us er, along w it h the rol e r eq uire d to p erfor m any f unct ions on those d ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 193

    4-71 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 4 Dev i ce Con figuration s and Software Images Global Settings and Administration For informat ion on how Prime Networ k performs use r authen ticat ion and autho rizat ion, in cludin g an explanati on of us er acc ess r ole s a nd device sco pe s, see t h e Cisc o Pri me Netw ork 4. ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 194

    4-72 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 4 D evice Configurations and Software Imag es Glob al Se tt ing s an d Administr ation ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 195

    CH A P T E R 5-1 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 5 Working with Prime Network Vision Maps The topo logica l map is the ma in tool used by Cisco Prime Net work V ision (Prim e Network V is ion) to display the li nks and relationsh ips between the netw ork elements and aggregatio ns. The follo wing topics descri be how to work wit ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 196

    5-2 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 5 Working with P rime Network Vision Maps User Roles Req uired for Wor kin g w ith Prime Ne twork Vision Map s User Roles Required for Working with Prime Network Vision Maps This topic identifies th e roles that are required to work with Prime Netw ork V isio n maps. Prime Network determi n ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 197

    5-3 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 5 W ork ing with Prime Net w ork Vision Maps User Roles Required for Wo rking with Pr ime Netwo rk Vision Maps Element- Relat ed T asks Add elements to a map — — X X X Rem ove el em en ts fr om a map — — XXX Resize eleme nts in a map X X XXX Aggrega tion- Relat ed T asks Group ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 198

    5-4 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 5 Working with P rime Network Vision Maps User Roles Req uired for Wor kin g w ith Prime Ne twork Vision Map s T able 5-2 Def ault P er mission/Secur ity Level Required for W orking with Pr ime Netw ork V ision Maps - Ele ment in Us er’ s Scope T ask View er Opera tor Opera torPlus Co nfi ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 199

    5-5 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 5 W ork ing with Prime Net w ork Vision Maps Open ing a nd C losi n g Ma p s Opening and Closing Maps Whenever you open a map, the network informat ion is aut omatica lly refr eshed. For example, i f a device was up the last time th at the map was saved and closed, and t hen the device ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 200

    5-6 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 5 Working with P rime Network Vision Maps Creating an d De leting M aps Creating and Dele ting Maps Y ou ca n creat e maps that cove r speci fic network segments, cu stomer ne tworks, or any other mix of network elemen ts requir ed. Net work maps provid e a graphi c display of a ctive fault ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 201

    5-7 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 5 W ork ing with Prime Net w ork Vision Maps Creating and Deleting Maps Aggr egatio ns Aggre gations ar e user -define d groups of elem ents. An aggre gation can contai n network elem ents, services, o ther agg regations, and so fo rth. Figu re 5- 2 shows an exampl e of an ag gregat io ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 202

    5-8 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 5 Working with P rime Network Vision Maps Creating an d De leting M aps Figu re 5-3 M ap with Over lay T o create an ov erlay , see W orking w ith O verlays, pa ge 5-2 1 . Deleting Maps from the Database If anothe r clie nt is usi ng a m ap that you ar e del eting, Pri me Network V ision d ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 203

    5-9 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 5 W ork ing with Prime Net w ork Vision Maps A dding and Re moving NEs f rom Maps Adding and Re moving NEs from Ma ps When you add an e lement to a map, the map is au tomatically sa ved in the Prime N etwork V ision d atabase If the el eme nt y ou want to a dd i s outsi de o f you r sc ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 204

    5-10 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 5 Working with P rime Network Vision Maps Adding an d Removi ng NE s from M aps Figur e 5-5 Add Eleme nt Dialog Bo x Step 2 In t he A dd element dialog bo x, do one of the f oll owing: If you ar e working wit h a very large numbe r of network elemen ts, keep these items in mind: • Search ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 205

    5-11 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 5 W ork ing with Prime Net w ork Vision Maps Managi ng Maps Step 4 Click OK . If you sel ected a l arge number of e lement s (for exampl e, more tha n 25 VLANs or VPLS instances), t h e action may take a while to co mplete. The NEs ar e added to the map and are display ed in the navig ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 206

    5-12 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 5 Working with P rime Network Vision Maps Managing Maps Selecting Map Viewing Options Ta b l e 5 - 3 describes the tool s that you can use to vie w and man ipulate maps in the Prime Ne twork V ision map pane. Applyin g a Backgrou nd Image Prime Networ k V ision allows you to appl y a backg ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 207

    5-13 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 5 W ork ing with Prime Net w ork Vision Maps Managi ng Maps Figur e 5-6 Manage Map Bac k ground Dia log Box Step 3 En ter the req uired infor mation as de scribed in T able 5- 4 . Step 4 Click OK . The curr en t m ap bac kgr ound i s upd ate d as spe cified. Step 5 T o reta in the ba ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 208

    5-14 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 5 Working with P rime Network Vision Maps Managing Maps Using the Ov erview Wind ow The Prime Network V ision Overvi e w window enables you to di splay the entire network map or any par t of the ma p that you req uire in th e map pane . The Ov ervie w windo w also enab les you to see all t ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 209

    5-15 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 5 W ork ing with Prime Net w ork Vision Maps Finding NE s, Servic es, and Links, and Element s Affect ed by Tick ets Saving Ma ps By default, Prim e Net work V i sion saves basic m ap inf or matio n wh et her or not yo u ma nual ly save the map. This def ault informatio n includes ele ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 210

    5-16 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 5 Working with P rime Network Vision Maps Working wit h Aggre gat ions Working with Aggrega tions Prime Networ k V i sion enabl es you to group net work element s and display t hem as an aggr egation. Aggregatio ns ca n con t ain ne twork el emen ts , s ervi ces, ot her aggr egatio ns, and ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 211

    5-17 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 5 W ork ing with Prime Net w ork Vision Maps Working with Ag gregat ions T o display an aggrega tion thu mbnail: Step 1 Select the e xisting aggregation in the m ap pane. Step 2 O pen t he thum bna il by ri gh t-clic king the agg regation, a nd c hoo sing Show Thumbna il . The thumbna ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 212

    5-18 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 5 Working with P rime Network Vision Maps Working wit h Aggre gat ions Ta b l e 5 - 6 describes the options a vailable when wo rking with aggre gation thumbnails. Step 3 T o clos e t he aggregati on thumbna i l, righ t -click the thumb nai l fram e and choo se Show As Aggreg ation . Adding ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 213

    5-19 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 5 W ork ing with Prime Net w ork Vision Maps Working with Ag gregat ions Ungrou pin g Aggr eg at ions Aggregatio ns ca n b e un gro uped. I f th e ag gregati on t hat yo u ungrou p c on tains ne sted aggr egatio ns, t he nested aggr egations move up o ne l evel, and the or igi nal agg ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 214

    5-20 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 5 Working with P rime Network Vision Maps Working wit h Aggre gat ions Figu re 5-9 M ulti chassis Devi ces i n Map View Viewing Inter Rack Links Inter Rack Links (I RLs) are used to represe nt conne ctivity betwee n the clu ster hosts , Cisco ASR 900 0 network el em en ts. Figur e 5-1 0 Mu ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 215

    5-21 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 5 W ork ing with Prime Net w ork Vision Maps Working with Overlays Figur e 5-1 1 ICL Connecting a Sat ellit e with a Chassis T o view the satellite ICLs: Step 1 In Prime Network V ision, double -click the satellite de vice to open the In ventory W indow for the device. Step 2 Cho ose ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 216

    5-22 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 5 Working with P rime Network Vision Maps Working w ith Over lays Step 2 From the toolba r , c hoose Choose Ov erlay T ype > overlay- type wher e overlay -type is one of the follo wing op tions: W i th the exceptio n of the None opti on, a dialog box is displaye d that allows you to sel ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 217

    5-23 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 5 W ork ing with Prime Net w ork Vision Maps Working with Overlays Step 3 In the Select Over lay dialog box, do eithe r of the follo wing: • T o s ea rc h fo r sp ec i fic o verla ys : a. Choose Se arch . b. In the Searc h fie ld, choose a sear ch cate gory . c. Ent er a se arch str ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 218

    5-24 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 5 Working with P rime Network Vision Maps Working w ith Over lays • T o vie w all av ailable ov erlays, choos e Show All . The a v ailable ov erlays that me et the specif ied search crit eria are displaye d in the Select Over lay dialog box in table for mat. The dialo g box also disp lay ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 219

    5-25 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 5 W ork ing with Prime Net w ork Vision Maps Filtering Links in a Map Filtering Link s in a Map The links f ilter enables y ou to filte r the links displ ayed in the map vie w and the li nks vie w . Y ou can quickly sel ect the types of links to b e f iltered b y selecting fr om a pre ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 220

    5-26 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 5 Working with P rime Network Vision Maps Filtering L inks in a M ap Figu re 5-14 Link Filter D ialo g Box The Link Filter dialog box displa y s a list of all the types of link s tha t you can f ilter in the map vie w and links vie w . Note By default all link types a re select ed in the L ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 221

    5-27 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 5 W ork ing with Prime Net w ork Vision Maps Openi ng the C PU Usage Graph Step 6 In th e Cr eat e M ap dia log bo x, ent er a n ame fo r th e new map and cli ck OK . An empty new map is displayed in t he n a vigation pane and c onte nt ar ea, and th e Lin k Filte r Ap pli ed b utton ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 222

    5-28 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 5 Working with P rime Network Vision Maps Communic a t ing with Devi ces Usin g Pin g and Telnet Communicating with Devices Usin g Ping and Telnet Prime Network V isi on enables yo u to communica te with devices in the following ways: • Pinging a Device, page 5-28 • T elneting a D e vi ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 223

    CH A P T E R 6-1 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 6 Working with Links The follo wing topics describe ho w to view inform ation about static and dynamic links using the Cisco Prime Network V i sion (Prime N etwork V ision) user in terface: • User Rol es Required to W ork with Lin ks, page 6 -1 • What Ar e Dyna mic and Stat ic ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 224

    6-2 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 6 Working with Links User Roles Req uired to Work with Links T able 6-1 Def ault P er m ission/Secur ity Level Required for W orking with Links - Element Not in User’ s Scope T ask View er Opera tor Opera torPlus Co nfigur ator Admin istrator V iew link properties in Map view X 1 1. Link ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 225

    6-3 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 6 W ork ing with Links What Are Dyna m ic and Static Li nks? What Are Dynamic and Static Links? Dynamic l in ks are th e p hysic al an d lo g ica l l inks th at e xist between el eme nt s in t he n etw ork. These lin ks are di sc ove red by Prime Network usi ng various prot oc ols (suc ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 226

    6-4 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 6 Working with Links View ing Link Proper ties Viewing Link Propertie s In maps, you c an view a link only if both ends of the link are in your sco pe. Howe ver , Prim e Network V ision provid es an opti on that all ows users to view links and any associat ed ticket s if only one end of the ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 227

    6-5 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 6 W ork ing with Links Viewing Lin k Proper ties Note The color of a selected link is customizable. The default color is bl ue. Fo r more informatio n on link colors , see Map V iew , page 2 -8 . Link Width s Norma l C onta i ns lin ks o f th e sam e gr oup . A vailable grou ps are: ? ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 228

    6-6 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 6 Working with Links View ing Link Proper ties T o vie w link pr operti es: Step 1 Hover your mous e cursor ov er the required link in a map. A link tooltip is displayed as shown in Figure 6-1 . Figur e 6-1 Link T ooltip in Pr ime Networ k V ision The too ltip conta ins the follo wing infor ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 229

    6-7 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 6 W ork ing with Links Viewing Lin k Proper ties Figur e 6-2 Link Quic k View Exa mple Step 3 T o vie w more link properties, click Pr opertie s in th e link qu ick vie w . For more information about the lin k properties windo w , see V iewing Link Pr opert ie s in the Link Propert ies ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 230

    6-8 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 6 Working with Links View ing Link Proper ties Viewing L ink Prope rties in the Links V iew The links sho wn in a map re present m an y ot her l inks as des cri bed in V ie wing Link Pr opert ie s in Prime Network V isio n Map s, pa ge 6 -4 . By u sin g the links vi ew , y ou c an view a li ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 231

    6-9 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 6 W ork ing with Links Viewing Lin k Proper ties Ta b l e 6 - 4 describes the information that is displayed in the links view . By default, th e links displayed in the links vie w are sorted accord ing to link type and the deep collection method . The butto ns in T abl e 6- 5 are displ ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 232

    6-10 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 6 Working with Links View ing Link Proper ties For more information abo ut fil tering links using the col lection method , see Filterin g Links Using the Collect ion Met hod, pa ge 6-1 7 . Viewing L ink Prope rties in the Link Properties Window The li nk propertie s windo w contains g ener ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 233

    6-11 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 6 W ork ing with Links Viewing Lin k Proper ties The i nform ation displa yed in the link proper ties wind ow changes accord ing to the ports or subpor ts select ed in the li nk list pan e. Link List Pane In the link propert ies windo w , the link list pane displays a list of the link ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 234

    6-12 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 6 Working with Links View ing Link Impact Ana lysi s • T1 • VRF IP add ress es are di spla yed in IPv4 or IPv6 for mat, as ap propria te. Depen ding on the typ e of link, the fol lowing areas migh t be displ ayed: • Af fected Pa rties—Ena bles you to vie w all elemen ts potentia ll ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 235

    6-13 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 6 W ork ing with Links Viewing Li nk Impact An alysis T o calculate im pact analy sis: Step 1 Sel ect a map or ag gregation in the navigation pan e, and clic k Show Links V iew in the mai n toolbar . The links view is displayed i n the cont ent pane. Step 2 In the ta ble toolba r , cl ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 236

    6-14 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 6 Working with Links View ing Link Impact Ana lysi s Step 5 Click Calculate Af fect ed . The total number of potentially af fected parties is display ed in the Af fected Pa rties ar ea. Step 6 Click Show Affect ed . The Affected Parties wind ow is displa yed as shown in Figure 6-6 . Figur ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 237

    6-15 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 6 W ork ing with Links Adding St atic Li nks Adding Static Links Prime N etwork V ision enables you t o cr eate sta tic lin ks that e xist only on t he VNE l e v el. St atic li nks are useful for visuali zation and netwo rk correlation because Pr ime Network V ision allows corr elatio ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 238

    6-16 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 6 Working with Links Adding St ati c L inks Figur e 6-7 Creat e Static Link Wi ndow Step 3 Sel ect the requ ired port on bo th the A Side device and th e Z Side device. Step 4 Click Creat e to v alidate t h e con nection and creat e the n e w link . A success messa ge is displaye d. A warn ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 239

    6-17 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 6 W ork ing with Links Filtering Links Using the Collection Method Step 6 Click Ye s . The po rts ar e conn ected, and a link i s crea ted bet ween th e selec ted ports. A warnin g m es sag e is di sp layed i f any of t he f ol lowing co ndi tions exi st: • One of the valid ation ch ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 240

    6-18 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 6 Working with Links Selecting a Li nk Selecting a Link Prime Netw ork V ision enable s you to select a link listed in the links vie w and highlig ht the lin k in the map in the co nten t pane. T o sel ect an d highli ght a link in a map: Step 1 In the Lin ks view , ri ght-clic k the requi ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 241

    CH A P T E R 7-1 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 7 Labeling NEs Using Business Tags A business tag is a string that is meaningf ul to the b u siness, and w hich can b e used to label a co mponent of a network ele ment for use in Prim e Network scr eens an d reports . Business tags are normally applied to a bu siness element , wh ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 242

    7-2 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 7 Labeling NEs Using Bu siness Tag s Using Chines e Charac ter s By def ault, users wit h the Adminis trator role h av e access to all m anaged elements. T o cha nge the Admin istr ator user scope, see the topic on device sc ope s in the Cisc o Prim e Ne twork 4.0 Adm i ni strator Guide . U ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 243

    7-3 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 7 Labeling NEs Usin g B usiness Tags Attaching and Detaching Business Tags • Generate a list of b u siness tags. • Edit the details of a b usiness tag. • Write business tag notes. • Re m ove bu s i n es s t a g s . • Crea te aggregat ion s. • Export a busine ss tag t hro ug ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 244

    7-4 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 7 Labeling NEs Using Bu siness Tag s Searching f or B usiness Tag s and Viewi ng Their Prop ert ie s • T ype— Choose the ty pe of business tag : Subscr iber, Provider Conne ction , o r La bel. Note If you select Label, th e name o f the network object cha nges to disp lay the business t ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 245

    7-5 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 7 Labeling NEs Usin g B usiness Tags Searchin g for Busin ess Tags an d Viewing Their Propert ies Figur e 7 -2 Find Busin ess T ag Dialog Box Ta b l e 7 - 3 describes the fields in the Find Busi ness T ag dia log box. T able 7 -3 Find Busin e ss T ag Dialog Box Fields Icon Name Descrip ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 246

    7-6 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 7 Labeling NEs Using Bu siness Tag s Searching f or B usiness Tag s and Viewi ng Their Prop ert ie s Step 2 Enter the search cri teria us ing the in formatio n for the Input Field s in Ta b l e 7 - 3 , keeping in mind th at th e sear ch fu nc tio n i s ca se -se ns it ive. Step 3 Click Fin ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 247

    7-7 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 7 Labeling NEs Usin g B usiness Tags Renaming a Business Element Renaming a Bu siness Element The fol lo wing cav eats apply when renaming a bu siness elemen t: • Except for n etwor k VL A Ns, t he ori g inal na me o f t h e busines s el emen t is n ot saved, so yo u cann ot re ve r ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 248

    7-8 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 7 Labeling NEs Using Bu siness Tag s Deleti ng a B usiness Elemen t ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 249

    CH A P T E R 8-1 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 8 Tracking Faults Using Prime Network Events The follo win g topics describe ho w to use Cisco Prime Network Ev ents (Prim e Network Ev ents) to view and mana ge faults: • User Roles Req uired to W ork with Prime Netwo rk Ev ents, pag e 8-1 • Launch in g Pri me N e twork E ven ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 250

    8-2 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapt er 8 Track ing F ault s Usi n g Prim e Ne twor k Eve nts Sett ing Up Yo ur Even ts V iew Setting Up Your Events View The Prime Network Events Opti ons dial og box enabl es you to chang e various aspects of t he ev ent display in Prim e Network Events. T o set up your events vie w , choos e To ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 251

    8-3 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 8 Trac king Faul ts Using Prim e Network Eve nts Viewing Events and Tickets in Cisco Prime Network Ev ents Note Cisco Prime Network Event s displays ac tiv e e vents only . It does not displ ay ev e nts that have been archi ved. T o see archi ved e vents, use Pr ime Netw ork’ s re po ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 252

    8-4 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapt er 8 Track ing F ault s Usi n g Prim e Ne twor k Eve nts View ing Ev ent s an d Ti cket s in Cisco Pri me Netwo rk E vents Event Typ es and Ca tegories Ev ents are grouped in tab s according to type. Eac h tab displays basic info rmation about th e e vents, including sev erity , e ve nt ID, t ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 253

    8-5 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 8 Trac king Faul ts Using Prim e Network Eve nts Viewing Events and Tickets in Cisco Prime Network Ev ents Provisioning Events Events displa yed in the Provisioni ng tab ar e ev e nts tri ggered du ring the configu ration of a device, for example, execut ion o f a con figura ti on s cr ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 254

    8-6 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapt er 8 Track ing F ault s Usi n g Prim e Ne twor k Eve nts View ing Ev ent s an d Ti cket s in Cisco Pri me Netwo rk E vents System Events System e vents are related to the ever yday w orking o f the i nternal sy stem and its componen ts, such a s alarm thr es holds, dis k sp ac e a nd A V Ms. ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 255

    8-7 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 8 Trac king Faul ts Using Prim e Network Eve nts Viewing Events and Tickets in Cisco Prime Network Ev ents Syslogs Syslogs are recei ved from the de vices b y the VNEs, an d syslog e ven ts are gener ated. The Syslog tab displays the follo wing parameters that specif ically relate to s ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 256

    8-8 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapt er 8 Track ing F ault s Usi n g Prim e Ne twor k Eve nts View ing Ev ent s an d Ti cket s in Cisco Pri me Netwo rk E vents V2 Traps The V2 T rap tab displays the follo wing parameters that relate spec ific ally to V2 traps: For more information about the Cisco IOS an d Cisco IO X traps displa ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 257

    8-9 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 8 Trac king Faul ts Using Prim e Network Eve nts Viewing Events and Tickets in Cisco Prime Network Ev ents For more information about the Cisco IOS an d Cisco IO X traps displayed in this tab, see Cisco Prime Network 4.0 Sup ported T raps . Tickets The T icket tab displays detaile d in ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 258

    8-10 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapt er 8 Track ing F ault s Usi n g Prim e Ne twor k Eve nts Working wit h Cisco Prime Netwo rk Ev ents For informat ion about viewing ticket propert ies, see V iew ing T ick et Pr opert ies , page 8-14 . Working with Cisco Prime Network Events The fol lo wing topi cs describe ho w to vie w , fi ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 259

    8-11 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 8 Trac king Faul ts Using Prim e Network Eve nts Working with Cisco Prime Netwo rk Ev ents T o vie w ev ent properties: Step 1 Select the re quired tab for the spec ific e vent type. Step 2 Select an e vent and cho ose V iew > Prope rties from th e main me nu. The e vent properti e ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 260

    8-12 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapt er 8 Track ing F ault s Usi n g Prim e Ne twor k Eve nts Working wit h Cisco Prime Netwo rk Ev ents Step 3 Y ou can vie w additional prop erties in th e foll ow in g tabs: • Advanced ta b—Se e T able 8- 14 . • Af fected Pa rties tab—See T able 9- 7 . • Audit tab—See T able 8- 15 ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 261

    8-13 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 8 Trac king Faul ts Using Prim e Network Eve nts Working with Cisco Prime Netwo rk Ev ents T ab le 8- 14 Adv anced T a b Field Des cripti on Dupl ication Coun t For network ev ents, the duplicat ion count i s calcula ted by the VNE and perta ins only to fl apping e vents. The dup lica ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 262

    8-14 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapt er 8 Track ing F ault s Usi n g Prim e Ne twor k Eve nts Working wit h Cisco Prime Netwo rk Ev ents The propertie s of a selected ticket ca n be viewed in the T icket Propertie s windo w . For a detailed descri ption of the T icket tab propert ies, see V iewi ng T icket Prop erties, pa ge 8- ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 263

    8-15 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 8 Trac king Faul ts Using Prim e Network Eve nts Working with Cisco Prime Netwo rk Ev ents Figur e 8-3 Tick et Proper ties Windo w - Details T ab T abl e 8- 19 describ es the informat ion that is displ ayed in the Detail s tab in the T icket Properties wind ow . T able 8-1 9 Tic ket P ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 264

    8-16 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapt er 8 Track ing F ault s Usi n g Prim e Ne twor k Eve nts Working wit h Cisco Prime Netwo rk Ev ents Description Description of the ticket. Last M odificat ion Ti m e Date and t ime (per the da tabase) tha t the ti cket was l ast updated. Updates ca n result from either manual or automatic op ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 265

    8-17 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 8 Trac king Faul ts Using Prim e Network Eve nts Working with Cisco Prime Netwo rk Ev ents Step 3 A s requir ed, review additional pr opertie s for the ticket. T a ble 8-20 identifie s the ad d ition al ta bs that are displayed in the T icket Properties windo w and links to the relev ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 266

    8-18 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapt er 8 Track ing F ault s Usi n g Prim e Ne twor k Eve nts Working wit h Cisco Prime Netwo rk Ev ents T abl e 8- 21 sho ws the re fresh buttons. T o manually refresh a list , choose Vi e w > R e fr e s h from the main menu. T o automatically r efresh a list, click Au t o R e f r e s h in th ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 267

    8-19 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 8 Trac king Faul ts Using Prim e Network Eve nts Working with Cisco Prime Netwo rk Ev ents Defining Filters T o defin e a filte r : Step 1 Cho ose Edit > Filter from the mai n menu. The crite ria tha t you can use for f iltering dif fers for e vents and t ick ets. F or ex ample , F ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 268

    8-20 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapt er 8 Track ing F ault s Usi n g Prim e Ne twor k Eve nts Working wit h Cisco Prime Netwo rk Ev ents Step 3 Click OK to sa ve your f ilter settings and apply the f ilter . The f iltered entrie s are disp layed in the list accord ing to the de fined criter ia. Removing Filters T o remov e a fi ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 269

    8-21 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 8 Trac king Faul ts Using Prim e Network Eve nts Working with Cisco Prime Netwo rk Ev ents Exporting Dis played Data Cisco Prime Netw ork Even ts enables you to expo rt the currently di splayed data from the Cisco Pr ime Network Events tabl e according to the criter ia defined in the ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 270

    8-22 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapt er 8 Track ing F ault s Usi n g Prim e Ne twor k Eve nts Working wit h Cisco Prime Netwo rk Ev ents ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 271

    CH A P T E R 9-1 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 9 Working with Tic kets in Prime Network Vision These topic s describe ho w to work with tick ets in Prime Network V ision: • What ar e T ickets?, pa ge 9-1 • User Rol es Required to W ork with Tickets in Prime Network V ision, page 9-2 • V iewing T ic kets and Ne twork Even ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 272

    9-2 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 9 W orking with Tickets in Prime Network Vision User Roles Req uired to Work with Ticket s i n Prime Ne twork Vision User Roles Required to W ork with Ticke ts in Prime Network Vision This topic ident ifies the roles that are re quired to wo rk with tickets in Pri me Network V ision. Prime ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 273

    9-3 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 9 W ork ing with Tic kets in Prim e Ne twork Vis ion Viewing Tickets and Network Events for Elements in a Map Viewing Tickets and Net work Events for Elements in a Map The ticket pane, lo cated below the navigation and content pan es in the Pri me Networ k V ision wi ndow , display s t ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 274

    9-4 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 9 W orking with Tickets in Prime Network Vision Viewing Tick ets and Ne twork Eve nt s for Elemen ts in a Map Figur e 9-1 Prim e Networ k Vision Wind ow Managing Tickets in th e Ticke ts Tab Ta b l e 9 - 2 describes the functio ns that are av ailable from the T ickets tab in the tic ket pan ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 275

    9-5 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 9 W ork ing with Tic kets in Prim e Ne twork Vis ion Viewing Tickets and Network Events for Elements in a Map Ta b l e 9 - 3 describes th e inform ation displ ayed in the ticket pane. Locate the elements or links af f ected by the tick et in the ma p or links vie w . Findin g Aff ected ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 276

    9-6 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 9 W orking with Tickets in Prime Network Vision Viewing Tick ets and Ne twork Eve nt s for Elemen ts in a Map The tick et d etai ls in the tic k e t pane c hange au toma tic ally as ne w information arri ves. F or e x ample , Port Do wn is updated t o Port Up. By def ault, the tickets in t ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 277

    9-7 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 9 W ork ing with Tic kets in Prim e Ne twork Vis ion Viewing Tickets and Network Events for Elements in a Map Filtering Tickets by Criteria Prime Netw ork V ision enables you to define a f ilter for the tick ets displayed in the ticket pane ac cording to va r ious criteria. For example ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 278

    9-8 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 9 W orking with Tickets in Prime Network Vision Viewing Tick ets and Ne twork Eve nt s for Elemen ts in a Map c. Supply the specif ic information to apply to the f ilter , su ch as the time, a string, or one or more IP addresses. Step 3 Click OK . The tickets are displa yed in the ticket pa ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 279

    9-9 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 9 W ork ing with Tic kets in Prim e Ne twork Vis ion Viewing Ticket Properties Viewing Ticket Properties In Prime N etwork V ision , open the Ticket Propertie s window in one of the fol lowing ways: • Open th e re quir ed ma p and then d oubl e-c li ck t he r eq uire d t icket i d en ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 280

    9-10 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 9 W orking with Tickets in Prime Network Vision Viewing Ticket Prope rties Details Tab Ta b l e 9 - 5 describes the informatio n that is displayed in the Details tab ab out the tick et. T able 9-5 Event Pr operties Win dow - D etails T ab Field Description T icket ID Tick et identifier . S ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 281

    9-11 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 9 W ork ing with Tic kets in Prim e Ne twork Vis ion Viewing Ticket Properties History Tab The H isto ry t ab e nabl es yo u t o di sp lay the hi stor y of t he t icket, incl ud ing a ll t he events. T a ble 9-6 describe s the informa tion that is displayed i n the Histor y tab . Affe ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 282

    9-12 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 9 W orking with Tickets in Prime Network Vision Viewing Ticket Prope rties When a n af fected si de is selecte d in t h e Sour ce tab le, the Destination table li sts all endp oints wit h service s that ha ve be en af fected between the m and the entry sele cted in the Source table . T abl ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 283

    9-13 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 9 W ork ing with Tic kets in Prim e Ne twork Vis ion Viewing Ticket Properties Note The Af fected Part ies dialo g box occ asionally displa y s entri es that start with the word Misconf igur ed . Entries that s tart with M isconfigure d indica te that the flow has stopp ed unexpec ted ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 284

    9-14 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 9 W orking with Tickets in Prime Network Vision Viewing Ticket Prope rties • Reduction Cou nt: – For network events, the reduc tion co unt is calculat ed by the VNE and pertai ns onl y to flap pi ng e v ents . The r edu ction co unt repr esent s the n umber of e v ents th at ar e ag gr ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 285

    9-15 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 9 W ork ing with Tic kets in Prim e Ne twork Vis ion Mana ging Tickets Managing Tick ets The follo wing topics desc ribe ho w to manage tic kets: • Finding Affected E lem en ts, pa ge 9- 15 • Acknowledgi ng/Deac knowledgi ng a T ic ket, page 9-15 • Clear ing a T i cket, page 9-1 ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 286

    9-16 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 9 W orking with Tickets in Prime Network Vision Managing Tickets After a tick et is clear ed, it remains open for one hour (def ault) before it is ar chi ved. I ncoming e v ents can be correl ated to the tick et during this time, ef fecti vely re-opening th e ticket. An administrator can l ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 287

    9-17 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 9 W ork ing with Tic kets in Prim e Ne twork Vis ion Impact Analysis in Prime Network T o clear an d rem ov e one or mor e tickets, selec t the re quired tickets in the t icket pa ne, and then r ight-cl ick and ch oose Clear and Remov e . Note Wh en Pri me Ne twork det ects a large ti ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 288

    9-18 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 9 W orking with Tickets in Prime Network Vision Impact An alysis in Pri m e N etwork Initial ly , Prime Ne twork might identify the s ervices as either po tentially or r eal af fected. As ti me progresse s and more in formati on is accumul ated from t he network, Prim e Network upda tes th ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 289

    9-19 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 9 W ork ing with Tic kets in Prim e Ne twork Vis ion Impact Analysis in Prime Network Accumulating the A ffected Parties in th e Correlation T ree If two or more alarms that are par t of the same corr elation tree repor t on the same af fected p air of edgepoin ts an d ha ve dif f ere ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 290

    9-20 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 9 W orking with Tickets in Prime Network Vision Impact An alysis in Pri m e N etwork ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 291

    CH A P T E R 10-1 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 10 Working with Rep orts Cisco Pri me Ne twork (Pri me Ne twork) p rovides a Repor t M anag er tha t e nable s y ou to sche du le, genera te, view , and export reports of t he inform ation managed by Prime Networ k. Y ou ca n sav e the generat ed re po rts in a ny of t he fo llow ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 292

    10-2 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 10 W orking with Reports User Roles Req uired to Man age Repor ts The fol lo wing table s identify the task s that y ou can perform: • T able 10- 1 id en tifies w het her y ou can ge nera t e a re po rt i f a s el ect ed e lem en t is not in on e of your assig ne d s cop es . • T able ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 293

    10-3 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 10 Worki ng w it h Rep orts User Roles Requ ired to Ma nage Repo rts T able 1 0-3 Def ault P er mission/Secur ity Lev el Requir ed for W orking with Repo rts Y ou Gener ate T ask V iewer O perator O peratorP lus Configur ator Admin istrator Report T asks Schedu le reports X X X X X Ca ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 294

    10-4 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 10 W orking with Reports Using th e Rep ort Manager Using the Report Manager The Report Manager is a v ailable from Pr ime Netw ork V ision, Prime Network Even ts, and Prime Network Admi nistrati on by choosing Reports > Report Manager . T he R ep ort Ma na ger (shown in Figure 10- 1 ) ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 295

    10-5 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 10 Worki ng w it h Rep orts Using th e Report Manag er Figure 10- 2 shows an exam pl e of a g en erat ed re por t w ith a p ie ch ar t . Figur e 1 0-2 Sample Repor t Generated report s contain the f ollo wing information in the r eport he ading: • Report na me • Date, time , and t ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 296

    10-6 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 10 W orking with Reports Using th e Rep ort Manager Menu Optio ns T able 10- 6 descri bes the men u o pti ons available in the Re po rt M ana ger w ind ow . Report Man ager Toolba r T able 10- 7 iden tifies the buttons tha t a ppea r in t he R ep ort Ma nage r tool bar . T able 1 0 -6 Re p ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 297

    10-7 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 10 Worki ng w it h Rep orts Using th e Report Manag er Navigat i on Tr ee The n avigation pane displays a t ree-and- branch r epresen tation of report folders a nd type s of repor ts. The highest le vel in the tree display s report folder s. The follo wing standard report folde rs are ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 298

    10-8 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 10 W orking with Reports Using th e Rep ort Manager Figur e 1 0-3 Repor ts Manag er Content P ane T able 10- 8 describes th e infor mation di splayed in t h e content p ane fo r each report. T able 1 0 -8 Reports Manag er Content P ane Infor mation Attribute Description Name Name of the re ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 299

    10-9 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 10 Worki ng w it h Rep orts Using th e Report Manag er Note Reports are purg ed from Prime Netw ork after 90 days by def ault. Th is setting can be modif ied by changi ng the set ting in Prim e N etwork Ad minist r ation. For m ore infor ma tion, se e t he Cisco P rime Network 4 .0 Ad ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 300

    10-10 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 10 W orking with Reports Using th e Rep ort Manager Navigati on Pane Report s T able 10- 10 descr i bes the o pti ons available whe n you r ight -cl ick a r eport in the navigatio n pa ne. Conten t Pane Report s T able 10- 11 de scri bes t he o pti ons av ailable whe n you rig ht-c lick a ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 301

    10-11 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 10 Worki ng w it h Rep orts Report Ca tegori e s Report Categories Prime Network V isi on provides reports re lated to: • Ev ents—See Events Reports, pa ge 10-11 . • In ventor y—Se e Inv entory Rep orts, page 10-18 . • Network serv ices—Se e Network Servi ce Reports, page ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 302

    10-12 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 10 W orking with Reports Report Categori es Database Monitor ing F or regular time interv als: • Number of acti ve tic kets • Number of acti ve alarms • Number of acti ve e vents • Number of unconnect ed ev ents • Number of auto-ar chiv e candid ates • Number of noti fications ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 303

    10-13 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 10 Worki ng w it h Rep orts Report Ca tegori e s Even t Redu ct ion Statistics F or the specif ied de vices and time per iod: • Names of those tick ets with: – The r oot ca use in the d e vice list – The t icket creation time w ithin the sp ecif ied period • F or each ticket ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 304

    10-14 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 10 W orking with Reports Report Categori es Most Com mon Daily Ev ents For each day in the spe cified time period: • Specified numbe r of most common tickets, ser vice ev ents, syslo gs, and tra ps • Number of each typ e of t icket, ser vice e ven t, syslo g, and trap • If se lec te ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 305

    10-15 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 10 Worki ng w it h Rep orts Report Ca tegori e s T able 1 0 -13 Detailed Netw ork E vents Repor t T ypes Report Name Descr iptio n Data S our ce Detailed Ev ent Coun t (By Device) For each device, the following info rmat ion for th e specified time pe riod: • F or syslogs: – Sysl ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 306

    10-16 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 10 W orking with Reports Report Categori es Detailed T ickets For eac h tick et of th e specif ied se verities, time period, and de vice: • Tic k e t s ev e r i t y • T icket identifier • Last modificat io n time • Roo t ev ent time • Desc r iption • En tity tha t caus ed the ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 307

    10-17 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 10 Worki ng w it h Rep orts Report Ca tegori e s T able 1 0-14 Detailed Non-N etwor k Ev ents Report T ype s Rep or t Na me De scrip tion Data So ur ce Detailed Audit Even ts For each audit e vent include d in the report for the specif ied time period, se verities, and search criteri ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 308

    10-18 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 10 W orking with Reports Report Categori es Inventor y Reports T able 10- 15 descr i bes the sta nd ard inventory repor t t ypes provided by Pr ime Networ k V ision and the data source . Detailed System Even ts For each system e vent incl u ded in the repo rt for the specified time period ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 309

    10-19 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 10 Worki ng w it h Rep orts Report Ca tegori e s IOS-XR Software Pack ag e Summary For each d ev ice included in the r eport: • De vice na me • Elemen t type • IP address • Serial numbe r • Cisco IOS XR software version • For each softw are pa ckage inst alled on the de v ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 310

    10-20 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 10 W orking with Reports Report Categori es Network Service R eports T able 10- 16 describe s the standa rd network servi ce report t ypes provided by Prime N etwork V ision and the data source . T able 1 0-16 Standar d Netw or k Service Repor t T ypes Report Name Descr iption Data Sour c ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 311

    10-21 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 10 Worki ng w it h Rep orts Report Ca tegori e s Networ k Pseudowir e Detailed For eac h network pse udo wire in the repor t: • Pseudo wire name • Pseudo wire type • Business tag assigned to the ps eudowire • Maps containin g the pseudowir e • Pseu do wire details • T y p ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 312

    10-22 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 10 W orking with Reports Generati ng Re ports Generating Reports Y ou ca n genera te reports in any of the following ways: • Generat ing Repor t s f rom R ep ort Ma nage r, page 10-2 3 • Gene rating Re port s fro m the Repo rts Menu, page 10 -37 • Generating Re port s from Pr ime N ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 313

    10-23 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 10 Worki ng w it h Rep orts Ge nerating R eports Report Genera tion Cancele d If a r eport is canc eled before it c ompletes, t he State column contains th e word Can celed . Click Canceled to vie w th e reason for the cancellat ion. A window is displayed wit h the cause of the cance ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 314

    10-24 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 10 W orking with Reports Generati ng Re ports Figur e 1 0-4 Ev ents Repor t - Run Repor t Dialog Bo x Step 4 In the Ru n Report dialog box, sp ecify the rep ort settings a s follows: • For standard events report s, use the infor matio n in T able 10 -17 . • For detailed netwo rk repor ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 315

    10-25 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 10 Worki ng w it h Rep orts Ge nerating R eports T able 1 0-17 Ev ents Repor t - Run Repor t Dialog Bo x Fields Option Description Report Se ttin gs Repo rt Nam e Ente r a uni q ue na me for the r epor t, f rom 1 to 150 c hara cte rs in leng th. Report names cannot include the follo ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 316

    10-26 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 10 W orking with Reports Generati ng Re ports Device Select ion Select De vices Note • Y ou can add only those d evices that are within yo ur scope. • A user wit h the Adm inistr ator role can sele ct unmana ged devices (by IP addr ess) for report s that run on t he Ev ent Arch i ve . ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 317

    10-27 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 10 Worki ng w it h Rep orts Ge nerating R eports T able 1 0-18 Detailed Networ k Events Repor ts - Run Repor t Dialog Bo x Fields Option Description Report Se ttin gs Repo rt Nam e Ente r a uni q ue na me for the r epor t, f rom 1 to 150 c hara cte rs in leng th. Report names cannot ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 318

    10-28 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 10 W orking with Reports Generati ng Re ports Device Select ion Select De vices Note • Y ou can add only those d evices that are within yo ur scope. • A user wit h the Adm inistr ator role can sele ct unmana ged devices (by IP addr ess) for report s that run on t he Ev ent Arch i ve . ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 319

    10-29 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 10 Worki ng w it h Rep orts Ge nerating R eports Detai led T raps Re port—Ad dit ional Re port Spec ific ations T r aps Detailed Description In the Desc ript ion Co nt ain s field, e nt er th e s tri ng th at t he trap mus t co nt ain to be incl ud ed in t he r epo rt. Long De scri ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 320

    10-30 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 10 W orking with Reports Generati ng Re ports T able 1 0-19 Detailed Non-Networ k Events Repor ts - Run Repor t Dialog Bo x Fields Option Description Report Se ttin gs Repo rt Nam e En te r a uni que na me for the r epor t, f rom 1 to 150 cha ra cters i n leng th. Report names cannot incl ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 321

    10-31 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 10 Worki ng w it h Rep orts Ge nerating R eports Step 5 T o schedu le a repo rt to run im mediate ly or at a late r point i n time, cl ick the Scheduling tab . For more inform ati on, see Sche duling Repo rts, page 10-38 . Step 6 Click OK . The repo rt ap pear s in the tab le in the ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 322

    10-32 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 10 W orking with Reports Generati ng Re ports Figur e 1 0-5 In ventory Report - Run Repo rt Dial og Box Step 4 En ter the req uire d infor mat ion in t he Run Repor t di al og box a s d es cribed in T able 10-20 . T able 1 0-20 In ventory Report - Run Repo rt Dial og Box Field s Field Des ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 323

    10-33 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 10 Worki ng w it h Rep orts Ge nerating R eports Step 5 T o schedu le a repo rt to run im mediate ly or at a late r point i n time, cl ick the Scheduling tab . For more inform ati on, see Sche duling Repo rts, page 10-38 . Step 6 Click OK . The repo rt ap pear s in the tab le in the ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 324

    10-34 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 10 W orking with Reports Generati ng Re ports Generating Network Ser vice Reports If you gen er ate a detai led net work se rv ice r ep ort on a l arge-sca le set up, a m essag e is disp laye d i n th e Run Repo rt d ial og bo x re com mend in g th at you appl y a filter to l im it the si ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 325

    10-35 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 10 Worki ng w it h Rep orts Ge nerating R eports Step 4 En ter the req uired infor mation t he Run Report dialog b ox as describe d in T able 10 -21 . T able 1 0 -21 Netw ork Service Repor t - Run Repor t Dialog Bo x Fields Field Description Report Se ttin gs Repo rt Nam e Ente r a u ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 326

    10-36 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 10 W orking with Reports Generati ng Re ports Step 5 T o schedu le a repo rt to run im mediate ly or at a late r point i n time, cl ick the Scheduling tab . For more inform ati on, see Sche duling Repo rts, page 10-38 . Networ k P seudowir e R eports—R epor t Conte nts Defi ne Filter Ch ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 327

    10-37 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 10 Worki ng w it h Rep orts Ge nerating R eports Step 6 Click OK . The repo rt ap pear s in the tab le in the conte nt pa ne wi th a stat e of Runn i ng, if the re po rt is sc hedu led t o run immedia tely , or Schedule d , if the report is sched uled to ru n at a later point in t im ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 328

    10-38 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 10 W orking with Reports Schedulin g Repo rts Generating Re ports from Prime Netw ork Vision Prime Ne twork V ision ena bles yo u to ru n re ports on sel ected devices fr om the map and li st vi ews. Note Y o u can ge nerate re ports on ly for devices that ar e withi n your scop e. T o ge ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 329

    10-39 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 10 Worki ng w it h Rep orts Mana ging Repor ts Step 5 Click the Scheduling tab . By default , the Run No w option is selected and the report is scheduled to run immediate ly . Step 6 T o schedule the report for a later date/time: a. Select th e Sche dule Job radio button. T he sc hed ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 330

    10-40 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 10 W orking with Reports Managing Reports T o change the maximu m number of conc urrent repo rts, us e the runRe gT ool command ( located in ANAHOM E /Main) as follo ws: ./runRegTool.sh -gs 127.0.0.1 set 0.0.0.0 site/reports/reports-setting/reports-running-settings/maxRunningReports value ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 331

    10-41 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 10 Worki ng w it h Rep orts Mana ging Repor ts Figur e 1 0-7 Most Co mmon Daily Even t s Repor t Example Step 4 S av e the report as requir ed. Renaming Re ports Y ou ca n rename : • Any report type th at you defined. • Any generate d repor t t hat yo u have access to. Y ou canno ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 332

    10-42 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 10 W orking with Reports Managing Reports Step 3 In the Ed it dial og box, enter a new name fo r the report t ype in the Repor t Nam e field, using the fo llowing conventions : • The name can con tain 1 to 150 ch aract ers. • The name cannot include th e follo wing character s: ;?< ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 333

    10-43 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 10 Worki ng w it h Rep orts Mana ging Repor ts Limiting Acc ess to a Report T o lim it access to a re port that you ge nerated an d subsequ ently share d: Step 1 Cho ose Reports > Report Manager . Step 2 Locate the re quired r eport . Step 3 In the conten t pane, r ight-click the ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 334

    10-44 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 10 W orking with Reports Managing Reports Viewing Re port P ropertie s The Re por t Pro pe rties dia log box en abl es yo u to vi ew the r eport setti ngs and to m odi fy s ome o f them . T o view report pr opertie s, and opti onally cha nge the name , descri ption, or ac cess: Step 1 Cho ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 335

    10-45 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 10 Worki ng w it h Rep orts Definin g Report Types Defining Report Typ es Y ou ca n modif y any of the report types pr ovided by Prime N etwork so that it better sui ts your needs a nd en viro nm en t. This i s e xtremel y benef icial if you gene ra t e a particu l ar t y pe of repor ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 336

    10-46 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 10 W orking with Reports Managing Report Fold ers Step 6 T o mo ve the ne w folder to another fo lder , or to the top lev el in the folder hierar chy: a. Right-click the folder , then choose Mo ve . b. In the Mo ve T o dialog box, select the locatio n where you wa nt the folder to reside. ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 337

    10-47 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 10 Worki ng w it h Rep orts Mana ging Report Fol de rs Deleting Folders Y ou ca n delete folders that you have created in Re port Mana ger if they ar e empty . Y ou cann ot delete th e follo wing folders: • Events Reports • Detailed Netw ork Ev ents • Detailed Non-Network Even ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 338

    10-48 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 10 W orking with Reports Managing Report Fold ers Figur e 1 0-9 F older Prop ertie s T able 10- 22 describes the informa tion that is displaye d in each tab, depend ing on the folder’ s contents. T able 1 0-22 F older Pr operties Wi ndow Field Description Report Fol der s T ab Name Name ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 339

    10-49 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 10 Worki ng w it h Rep orts Mana ging Report Fol de rs Viewi ng Re port Type Prop erties T o v iew repor t type prop er t ies: Step 1 In the navigation pa ne, righ t-clic k the requ ired rep ort type , then cho ose Pro pertie s . The i nfo rm ation t hat is d i splay ed de pe nds o n ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 340

    10-50 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 10 W orking with Reports Managing Report Fold ers ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 341

    CH A P T E R 11-1 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 11 Using Cisco PathTracer to Diagnose Problems Cisco PathT r acer enabl es you to view a network path bet ween two network obj ects. The fol lowing topics describe Cisco PathTr acer and how to use it: • User Roles Re quired to W or k with Cisc o PathTracer , page 11-1 • Cisco ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 342

    11-2 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapt er 11 Using Cisc o PathT racer t o Diagnose Prob lems Cisco PathTrac er Overview By def ault, users wit h the Adminis trator role h av e access to all m anaged elements. T o cha nge the Admin istr ator user scope, see the topic on device sc ope s in the Cisc o Prim e Ne twork 4.0 Adm i ni st ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 343

    11-3 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 1 Using Ci sc o PathTrace r to Diagno se Problems Launchi ng Pa th Trac er In MPLS and Car rier Et hern et environmen ts, Cis co Path T r ace r can trac e pat hs acr oss: • Carrier Supp orting Carrier ( CSC) conf igurations—A path trace alo ng a CSC flow f ollows th e path from ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 344

    11-4 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapt er 11 Using Cisc o PathT racer t o Diagnose Prob lems Launchin g Path Tracer T o vie w a specif ic path, you must specify an i nitial point and a destinati o n, such as an IP or MA C address. If you speci fy VC o r DLCI inform ation, which ends i n a ro uter , C isco PathT race r finds the n ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 345

    11-5 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 1 Using Ci sc o PathTrace r to Diagno se Problems Launchi ng Pa th Trac er Starting a Path Trace Y ou ca n start a path tr ace in the following ways: • From the Ma p V iew , page 11-5 • From Log ica l or Phys ical Inv e ntor y , page 11-7 From the Map View T o start a path trace ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 346

    11-6 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapt er 11 Using Cisc o PathT racer t o Diagnose Prob lems Launchin g Path Tracer The next ste p d ep ends on you r cho i ce i n Step 1 : • If you cho ose Path T ra cer > From Here to Dest ination , th e Path Infor ma tio n d ial og bo x is displayed ( Fi gure 11 -1 ). Continue wi th Step 2 ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 347

    11-7 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 1 Using Ci sc o PathTrace r to Diagno se Problems Launchi ng Pa th Trac er Step 5 In the toolbar , click Cisc o PathT racer . • If you selec t one or mor e paths in the paths pane , each sel ected pa th is displa yed in its own window with t he L ayer 1 , Laye r 2, L ayer 3, and B ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 348

    11-8 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapt er 11 Using Cisc o PathT racer t o Diagnose Prob lems Launchin g Path Tracer • Using a Pseu dowire, page 1 1-12 • Using an M PLS- TP T u nnel End point , pa ge 11- 13 Using an Etherne t Flow Point A network VLAN is required for y ou to start a path trace using an Ethernet flo w point. T ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 349

    11-9 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 1 Using Ci sc o PathTrace r to Diagno se Problems Launchi ng Pa th Trac er Using an IP In terf ace Both IPv4 a nd IPv6 addresses are s upported a s valid path trace sources and destination s as illustrated in the follo wing procedure. T o launch a path trac e from an IP interf ace: ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 350

    11-10 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapt er 11 Using Cisc o PathT racer t o Diagnose Prob lems Launchin g Path Tracer Figur e 1 1 -4 IP Int e rface P ath T race Launc h Po int - P ath Infor mation Di alog Bo x Step 3 In t he D est inat ion I P fiel d, e nte r the IP v4 or IP v6 addr ess . Step 4 T o limi t the number of hops for t ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 351

    11-11 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 1 Using Ci sc o PathTrace r to Diagno se Problems Launchi ng Pa th Trac er Figur e 1 1 -5 VLAN Br idge P ath T race Launc h P oint Step 2 If yo u choose F rom Here to De stin ati on in Step 1 , th e Path Informa tion di alog box is displayed. Specify the require d destination using ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 352

    11-12 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapt er 11 Using Cisc o PathT racer t o Diagnose Prob lems Launchin g Path Tracer Using an Etherne t Port T o launch a path trace from an Ethernet port: Step 1 In physical in ventory , right-click the re quired port ( Physical In ventory > C hassis > slot > subs lot > port ) and ch o ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 353

    11-13 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 1 Using Ci sc o PathTrace r to Diagno se Problems Launchi ng Pa th Trac er Figur e 1 1 -7 P ath Inf orma tion Dialog Box fo r a Netw ork Pseudo wire Step 3 Specify the destination using the inform ation in T able 11 -4 . Step 4 T o limi t the number of hops for th e path trace , ch ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 354

    11-14 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapt er 11 Using Cisc o PathT racer t o Diagnose Prob lems Viewing Path Trace s in Cisco Pa th Trac er Figur e 1 1 -8 MPLS-TP T unnel Endpoint P ath T race Laun ch Step 3 Specify the destination using the inform ation in T able 11 -4 . Step 4 T o limi t the number of hops for th e path trace , c ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 355

    11-15 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 1 Using Ci sc o PathTrace r to Diagno se Problems Viewing Path Traces in C isco Pat hTracer The Ci sco P athT racer wi ndow e nables you to: • V ie w m ultiple paths for a selected source an d destination either sequentially or simultan eously . • V iew indi vidual paths w ith ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 356

    11-16 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapt er 11 Using Cisc o PathT racer t o Diagnose Prob lems Viewing Path Trace s in Cisco Pa th Trac er • Path T r ace Pane, pa ge 11-18 • Rig ht-C lic k Menu Opti ons, page 11- 19 Menus T able 11- 5 describes th e options a va ilable in t h e Cisco Path T racer menus. T ab le 1 1-5 Cisco Pat ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 357

    11-17 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 1 Using Ci sc o PathTrace r to Diagno se Problems Viewing Path Traces in C isco Pat hTracer Toolbar T able 11- 6 describes th e options a va ilable in t h e Cisco P athT racer toolbar . T able 1 1 -6 Cisco P athT race r T oolbar Options Button Function Displays the previous path in ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 358

    11-18 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapt er 11 Using Cisc o PathT racer t o Diagnose Prob lems Viewing Path Trace s in Cisco Pa th Trac er Trace Tabs The disco ve red path trace is initi ally displayed in the path trace pane with a tab that disp lays the date and time when Prime Net work started the path tracing pro cess (snapshot ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 359

    11-19 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 1 Using Ci sc o PathTrace r to Diagno se Problems Viewing Path Traces in C isco Pat hTracer Right-Click Menu Options Y ou ca n right-cl ick netwo rk eleme nts in the pat h trac e window and choose items from a right-cl ick menu. The right- click menu is context sensitive depending ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 360

    11-20 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapt er 11 Using Cisc o PathT racer t o Diagnose Prob lems View ing Pat h Trac e Det ails Viewing Path Trace Details In addi ti on t o th e info rma ti on di spla yed in the C isco Path Tracer wind ow , you ca n: • V ie w the follo wing informatio n for e ach netw ork element: – The rel e va ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 361

    11-21 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 1 Using Ci sc o PathTrace r to Diagno se Problems Viewing Path Trace Details Figu re 1 1 -1 0 Ci sco PathT racer Details Windo w The Cisc o PathTracer details wind ow contai ns the following com ponents: • Menus, pa ge 11-22 • Cisco PathTracer Details W indow T oolbar , page 11 ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 362

    11-22 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapt er 11 Using Cisc o PathT racer t o Diagnose Prob lems View ing Pat h Trac e Det ails Menus T able 11- 8 describes the Cisco PathT racer details windo w menu options. Cisco PathTrac er Details Window Toolbar T able 11- 9 describes the tools that are a vailabl e in the Cisco PathT r acer deta ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 363

    11-23 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 1 Using Ci sc o PathTrace r to Diagno se Problems Viewing Path Trace Details Path Trace Pan e The path trace pane in the Ci sco PathT racer detail s windo w displays information rel ated to the tab selected i n the detai ls pane. For example, if you choo se the Lay er 2 tab in the ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 364

    11-24 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapt er 11 Using Cisc o PathT racer t o Diagnose Prob lems View ing Pat h Trac e Det ails T o ols Cont ains the foll owing choices : • CPU Us age—Dis plays mem ory an d CPU u sage inf ormation for a device or network e lement. • Ping—Ping s the d e vice f rom the client sta tion. • T e ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 365

    11-25 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 1 Using Ci sc o PathTrace r to Diagno se Problems Viewing Path Trace Details Details Pane Selectin g a de vice or link in the path trac e pane automatic ally highligh ts the related param eters in the details pane. The de tai ls p an e, w ith its La yer an d Busine ss ta bs, d ispl ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 366

    11-26 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapt er 11 Using Cisc o PathT racer t o Diagnose Prob lems Saving and Ope ning Cisco P athTra cer M ap Files Saving and Opening Cisco PathTra cer Map Files Prime Net work enab les you to e x port multip le-path tr ace maps that ar e displaye d in the Cisco Pa th T racer window to an XM L file. Y ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 367

    11-27 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 1 Using Ci sc o PathTrace r to Diagno se Problems Rerunning a Path and Comparing Results Step 3 In the E xpo rt T able t o File dial o g box, n avigate t o the dir ectory w here you wa nt t o save the Cisco PathT racer coun ter val u es. Step 4 In the File name field , enter a name ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 368

    11-28 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapt er 11 Using Cisc o PathT racer t o Diagnose Prob lems Viewin g L2TP Pa th In formatio n Cisco PathT racer use s th e VLAN ta gs of the Et hern et hea der and th e por t conf igurati on to tr ace th e path from one in terface to ano ther over the network. Amon g other thin gs, you can: • V ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 369

    11-29 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 1 Using Ci sc o PathTrace r to Diagno se Problems Using Cisco PathTracer in MPLS Networks Using Cisco PathTracer in MPLS Networks Y o u can op en and vie w Cis co PathT r acer informati on betwee n service endpoi nts, such as an IP interf ace that is attached to th e VRF o ver an M ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 370

    11-30 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapt er 11 Using Cisc o PathT racer t o Diagnose Prob lems Using Cisco PathTra cer in MPLS Net works Cisco PathTrac er MPLS S tar t an d Endp oints Y ou ca n open Cisco PathT r acer by right- clicking a st artin g point and ent ering the require d destinat ion IP address. T a ble 11-12 lists the ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 371

    11-31 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 1 Using Ci sc o PathTrace r to Diagno se Problems Using Cisco PathTracer in MPLS Networks Using Cisc o PathTra cer for CSC Configurations Cisco Path T racer traces a CSC flow f rom the customer CE through the custo mer carrier VPN, across th e custome r ba ckbon e c arrie r VP N, b ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 372

    11-32 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapt er 11 Using Cisc o PathT racer t o Diagnose Prob lems Using Cisco PathTra cer in MPLS Net works Using Cisc o PathTra cer for Laye r 3 VP Ns Cisco PathT r acer uses VRF routing an d label switch ing informa tion to trace the path from one VR F interfac e to another . If you choo se a launc h ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 373

    11-33 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 1 Using Ci sc o PathTrace r to Diagno se Problems Using Cisco PathTracer in MPLS Networks T able 11- 14 descri bes the Laye r 2 proper ties that can be displa yed in the La yer 2 tab spec ifically for VPNs. Using Cisc o PathTra cer for MPLS T E Tunn els Cisco PathT racer use s labe ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 374

    11-34 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapt er 11 Using Cisc o PathT racer t o Diagnose Prob lems Using Cisco PathTra cer in MPLS Net works Layer 2 an d Layer 3 pa t h trace info rmati on i s displaye d in the Cisco PathTracer detail s window when a path is trac ed ove r MPLS TE tunnels. T o view Laye r 2 path information, choose the ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 375

    11-35 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 1 Using Ci sc o PathTrace r to Diagno se Problems Using Cisco PathTracer in MPLS Networks T unnel Burst Kbps Burst flo w specificatio n (in K b/s) for this t u nnel. T unnel A verage Rate Kbps T u nnel av erage rate in Kb/s . T unnel Aff inity Mask T unnel aff inity bits that shoul ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 376

    11-36 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapt er 11 Using Cisc o PathT racer t o Diagnose Prob lems Using Cisco PathTra cer in MPLS Net works ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 377

    CH A P T E R 12-1 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 12 Monitoring Carrier Ethernet Services The fol lowing topics descri be how you can use Cisco Pri me Network V i sion (Prime Network V ision) to monit or Carrier Et hern et servic es: • User Roles Req uired to W ork with Carrier Et h ernet Ser vices, pa ge 1 2-2 • V iewing CD ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 378

    12-2 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapte r 12 Monito ring C arrier Ethern et Ser vices User Roles Req uired to Work wi th Carri er Ethernet Serv ices • Conf igur ing IS -I S, page 12-12 1 User Roles Required to W ork with Carrier Eth ernet Se rvices This top ic ident ifie s the roles that are re quired t o wo rk with to Ca r rie ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 379

    12-3 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 2 Moni to rin g Carrier Ethe rne t Services User Roles Re quired to Work with Ca rrier Ethern et Services V iew Et hernet f low d oma ins X X X X X V iew Et hernet LA G propert ies — — — — X V iew Ethernet servi ce prope rties X X X X X V iew EVC servi ce prope rti es — ? ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 380

    12-4 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapte r 12 Monito ring C arrier Ethern et Ser vices User Roles Req uired to Work wi th Carri er Ethernet Serv ices Working with O v er lay s Apply overlays X X X X X Displa y or hide overlays X X X X X R em ove ove r l a y s X X X X X V iew pseudowire tunnel links in VP L S ove r l a y s —— ? ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 381

    12-5 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 2 Moni to rin g Carrier Ethe rne t Services User Roles Re quired to Work with Ca rrier Ethern et Services V ie w ass ociated ne twork VLAN service links an d VLAN mapping prope rties XX X X X Vi e w C D P p r o p e r t i e s X X X X X V ie w EF D proper ties X X X X X V iew EFP cros ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 382

    12-6 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapte r 12 Monito ring C arrier Ethern et Ser vices Viewing CDP Properties Viewing CDP Properties Cisco Disc overy Protocol (CD P) is p rima rily used t o obt ain pr otoc ol a dd resses of n eigh bori ng devices and discover t he p la tfo rm of t ho se devices. In Logical Inventor y T o vi ew CDP ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 383

    12-7 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 2 Moni to rin g Carrier Ethe rne t Services Viewing CD P Prop ertie s Figur e 12-1 CDP in Logical I nv entory T able 12- 3 descr ibes the CD P ins tance prop ertie s that are di spla yed. T able 12-3 CDP Pr operties in L ogical In vento ry Field Description Proces s Process nam e; i ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 384

    12-8 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapte r 12 Monito ring C arrier Ethern et Ser vices Viewing Lin k La yer Di sc overy Prot ocol Propert ies In Physical Inven tory T o vie w CDP on a La yer 2 port: Step 1 In Prim e Net work V i sion , d oub le-cl ick t he d evice wi th t he La yer 2 p ort wit h t he CD P infor mat ion you want to ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 385

    12-9 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 2 Moni to rin g Carrier Ethe rne t Services Vi ewing Link Layer Disco very Pr otocol P roperti es Figur e 12-2 LLDP in Logical In vent ory T able 12- 4 descr ibes the prope rti es t hat a re di splaye d f or LL D P . T a ble 12-4 Link L ayer Disco very Pr otocol P ro perties Field D ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 386

    12-10 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapte r 12 Monito ring C arrier Ethern et Ser vices Viewing Spann ing Tree Protocol Prop erties In Physical Inven tory T o v iew LLDP on a L ay er 2 po rt: Step 1 In Prime Networ k V ision, dou ble-clic k the device with t he Layer 2 port with LLDP in formati on you want to vie w . Step 2 In the ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 387

    12-11 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 2 Moni to rin g Carrier Ethe rne t Services Viewing Spa nning Tree Pr otocol P roperties Figur e 12-3 STP in Lo gical In v ent ory T able 12- 5 descr ibes the pr ope rtie s that are di spla yed f or STP . T a ble 12-5 S TP Proper ties Field Description Proces s Proces s; in this ca ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 388

    12-12 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapte r 12 Monito ring C arrier Ethern et Ser vices Viewing Spann ing Tree Protocol Prop erties Step 4 T o view the propert ies of an STP instan ce, do on e of the fol lowing: • Double-clic k the required instance. • Click the required entry in logical in vento ry under the Spanni ng T r ee ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 389

    12-13 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 2 Moni to rin g Carrier Ethe rne t Services Viewing Spa nning Tree Pr otocol P roperties Step 5 T o vi ew MSTP pr op er tie s, choos e t he requ ir ed M S TP ent ry in logi c al inventory und er Spann in g Tree Pro toc ol. T able 12- 7 describes the information that is display ed f ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 390

    12-14 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapte r 12 Monito ring C arrier Ethern et Ser vices Viewing Resi lient Ethernet Proto col Properties (RE P) The foll o wing topics d escribe h o w to vie w STP prope rties rel ated to: • VLAN doma in views and overlays—See V iewing STP Info rmation in VLAN Domain V ie ws and VLAN Ov erlays, ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 391

    12-15 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 2 Moni to rin g Carrier Ethe rne t Services Vi ewi ng Resi l ient Et h ern et Prot ocol Pr ope rt i es (R EP ) Step 2 In the inv entory w ind ow , c ho ose Lo gical Inv entory > Resilient Ethernet Protocol . Figure 12- 4 sho ws an example of REP in logical in ventory . Figur e 1 ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 392

    12-16 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapte r 12 Monito ring C arrier Ethern et Ser vices Viewing Resi lient Ethernet Proto col Properties (RE P) Figu re 12-5 RE P Segm en t Prope rties T able 12- 9 describes the information that is display ed for REP segments. ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 393

    12-17 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 2 Moni to rin g Carrier Ethe rne t Services Vi ewi ng Resi l ient Et h ern et Prot ocol Pr ope rt i es (R EP ) The follo wing topics desc ribe ho w to vie w REP properties r elated t o VLANs: • VLAN doma in views and overlays—See V iewing REP Informa tion in VLAN Domain V iews ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 394

    12-18 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapte r 12 Monito ring C arrier Ethern et Ser vices Viewing HSRP Properties Viewing HSRP Properties Hot Sta ndby Ro uter Prot ocol (H SRP) is a p rotocol that provi des ba ckup t o a ro uter i n c ase o f failure . Using H S RP , several rou ters ar e connec ted to t he sam e Ethe rn et n etwo r ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 395

    12-19 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 2 Moni to rin g Carrier Ethe rne t Services View ing A c cess G atewa y Prop ertie s Viewing Access Gateway Propert ies In an acc ess netw ork, an access gat eway conf iguration ensu res loop - free connec tivity i n the e ven t of various failures by sending st aticall y configure ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 396

    12-20 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapte r 12 Monito ring C arrier Ethern et Ser vices Viewin g Access Gateway Proper ties Figur e 12-7 Access Gat ewa y in Lo gical In vent ory ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 397

    12-21 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 2 Moni to rin g Carrier Ethe rne t Services View ing A c cess G atewa y Prop ertie s T able 12- 11 descri bes the infor mation that is displayed for an access gateway . Step 3 Choose an acce ss ga tewa y ins tance to vie w insta nce propert ies. Figure 12- 8 sho ws an example of th ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 398

    12-22 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapte r 12 Monito ring C arrier Ethern et Ser vices Viewin g Access Gateway Proper ties Figur e 12-8 Access Gat ewa y Instance in Logical In vent ory T able 12- 12 descri bes the infor mation that is displayed for an access gateway instance . T able 12-12 Acces s Gatew ay Inst ance Pr opertie s ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 399

    12-23 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 2 Moni to rin g Carrier Ethe rne t Services Working with Ethernet Link Aggregation Groups Working with Eth ernet Link Aggregatio n Groups Ethernet link aggregation groups (LA Gs) pr ovide the ability to treat multiple switc h ports as one switch port. The por t grou ps act as a sin ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 400

    12-24 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapte r 12 Monito ring C arrier Ethern et Ser vices Working wit h Ethernet L in k Aggregat io n Group s T o v iew proper tie s for E the rne t li nk aggr egation g rou ps: Step 1 In Prime Networ k V ision, dou ble- click th e device with the link aggregation group you wan t to view . Step 2 In t ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 401

    12-25 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 2 Moni to rin g Carrier Ethe rne t Services Working with Ethernet Link Aggregation Groups Step 3 T o vie w properties for a specifi c aggrega tion, double-c lick the group identi fier . The i nfo rm ation t hat is d i splay ed de pend s o n t he ty pe of ag gregati on: • For Ethe ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 402

    12-26 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapte r 12 Monito ring C arrier Ethern et Ser vices Working wit h Ethernet L in k Aggregat io n Group s Operational State Operational state of the subin terfa ce: Up or Down . VLAN ID VLAN identif ier . Inner VLAN C E-VLAN identif ier . IP Interf ace IP interfac e conf igured as part of the subi ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 403

    12-27 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 2 Moni to rin g Carrier Ethe rne t Services Working with Ethernet Link Aggregation Groups T able 12-15 LA G IEEE 80 2.3 AD Pr operties Field Description Group N umb er Aggregation gr oup nu mb er . Band wid th Agg re gatio n bandwi dth. Contr ol Pro t ocol Aggregation c ontr ol pr ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 404

    12-28 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapte r 12 Monito ring C arrier Ethern et Ser vices Working wit h Ethernet L in k Aggregat io n Group s Subinterf ace s T able Addres s IP addr ess of the sub interfac e. Mask Subnet mask applied to the IP address. VLA N T ype T y pe of V LA N, su ch as B ridge or IE EE 8 02.1Q . Operational Sta ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 405

    12-29 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 2 Moni to rin g Carrier Ethe rne t Services Viewi ng mLACP P roper ties Viewing mLACP Properties Prime Network V ision supports the discovery of Multicha ssis LACP (mLA CP) configurat ions on devices configured for them, a nd displays mL A C P configurati on inform ation , such as ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 406

    12-30 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapte r 12 Monito ring C arrier Ethern et Ser vices Viewing mLACP Properties T able 12- 16 descr ibe s the in for mat ion displa yed in the ICCP R ed und ancy G roups t abl e. Step 3 T o view additional informa tion about an ICCP redun dancy group , do eithe r of the foll owing: • In the log i ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 407

    12-31 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 2 Moni to rin g Carrier Ethe rne t Services Viewi ng mLACP P roper ties T able 12- 17 descri bes the infor mation available in the ICC P Redunda ncy Group Prope rties window . Step 4 T o view additio nal mLACP properties, d ouble-c lick the entry fo r the requ ired li nk aggregatio ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 408

    12-32 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapte r 12 Monito ring C arrier Ethern et Ser vices Viewing Provi der Backb one Bridge Properties Viewing Provider Backbo ne Bri dge Propert ies Provider b ackbo ne bri dges (PBBs) , spe cified by I EEE 802 .1a h-200 8, provide a way t o in cr ease the number o f servi ce pr ovider supp orted La ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 409

    12-33 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 2 Moni to rin g Carrier Ethe rne t Services Viewi ng EFP P roper ties T able 12- 18 descr ibe s the in for matio n di spla yed f or PBB. Viewing EFP Propertie s Prime Network V ision pr ovides i n forma tion abo ut E FPs i n a n umb er of ways. For exa mple: • EFP names disp laye ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 410

    12-34 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapte r 12 Monito ring C arrier Ethern et Ser vices View ing EF P Pr ope rti es Figure 12- 13 shows an example of the EF P Pro pert ies w indow . Figur e 12-13 EFP Pr opertie s Windo w T able 12- 19 descr ibe s the in forma tion displ ayed in the EFP Pr opert ies window . T a ble 12-19 EFP Pr op ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 411

    12-35 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 2 Moni to rin g Carrier Ethe rne t Services Viewi ng EFP P roper ties Step 2 Cl ick the hype rlink en try in the Bindi ng field to view the relate d propert ies in logica l in vent ory . In this example, clicking the hyperli nk displays t he releva nt bridge in logical inventory , ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 412

    12-36 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapte r 12 Monito ring C arrier Ethern et Ser vices View ing EF P Pr ope rti es Step 3 T o view EFP properties i n physic al i nv en tory , navigate t o the re qu ire d interfa ce in one of the foll owing ways: • In the b ridge en try in l og ica l inventory , c li ck t he hyp er l inked en tr ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 413

    12-37 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 2 Moni to rin g Carrier Ethe rne t Services Viewi ng EFP P roper ties Figur e 12-15 EFPs T ab in Ph ysical In v ent ory T able 12- 21 describes the information displaye d in the EFPs tab . T ab le 12- 21 EFP s T ab Field Description EFP ID EFP identifie r . Operatio nal State EFP o ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 414

    12-38 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapte r 12 Monito ring C arrier Ethern et Ser vices Connectin g a Ne twork Ele m ent to an EFP Connecting a Network Element to an EFP Y ou ca n ad d and con ne ct ne twork e leme nts t o an EFP unde r an exist ing agg regat ion fo r VLA N , VPLS , Pseudowire, and Et hern et Servi ce. T o conn ec ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 415

    12-39 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 2 Moni to rin g Carrier Ethe rne t Services Unde rsta n ding EFP Se veri ty an d Tic ke t Ba dg es Figu re 12-16 E FP Severity an d Ticket Badges Bas ed on Un derlying S erv ice In stan ce • If the Ethernet flo w point element represen ts a VLAN interfac e for a regula r switch p ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 416

    12-40 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapte r 12 Monito ring C arrier Ethern et Ser vices Viewing EVC Service Prope rties Viewing EVC Service Properties Certai n EVC service prop erties are co nfigured as port attr ibutes . These at trib utes determi ne the deg ree of servi ce tra nsp aren cy an d pro tect the se rvi ce p rovid er? ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 417

    12-41 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 2 Moni to rin g Carrier Ethe rne t Services Viewing EVC Service Properties Figur e 12-18 EV C P ort Pr opert ies in Ph ysical In vent ory T able 12- 22 descri bes the infor mation displ ayed for t hese prope rties. T a ble 12-22 EV C P ort Pr oper ties in Ph ysical Inv entory Field ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 418

    12-42 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapte r 12 Monito ring C arrier Ethern et Ser vices Viewing and Ren aming Ethe rnet Flow D omains Viewing and Renaming Eth ernet Flow Doma ins An Etherne t flow domain re prese nts an Ethern et ac cess doma in. The Et herne t flow domain hold s all networ k elem en ts betwe en the CE (i nclusi v ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 419

    12-43 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 2 Moni to rin g Carrier Ethe rne t Services Viewing an d Renamin g Ether net Flow Domains T o v iew Ethe rn et fl ow doma ins : Step 1 In Prime Networ k V ision, ch oose N etwork In ventor y > Ethernet Flow Domains . The Ethe rnet Flo w Domain List win do w is displ ayed with th ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 420

    12-44 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapte r 12 Monito ring C arrier Ethern et Ser vices Viewing and Ren aming Ethe rnet Flow D omains Figur e 12-20 Ether net Flo w Domain Pr operties Window T able 12- 23 descr ibe s the in for matio n displa yed in the E ther ne t Flow Doma in Pr opert ie s window . Note Not all fields are av a il ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 421

    12-45 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 2 Moni to rin g Carrier Ethe rne t Services Working with VLANs Working with VLANs The fo llowing topics prov ide info rmati on and proce dure s for worki ng with VLAN s. The V ision GUI client support s a VLAN o verlay which, when applie d, highlight s the network el ements and lin ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 422

    12-46 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapte r 12 Monito ring C arrier Ethern et Ser vices Work ing wi th V LANs Understand ing VLAN Elements The fol lowing conc epts are impor tant t o understa nd whe n workin g with the re presenta tion o f edge EFPs inside VLANs: • VLAN E lem en ts in Prime Ne twork V isi on , p ag e 12-46 • V ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 423

    12-47 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 2 Moni to rin g Carrier Ethe rne t Services Working with VLANs Ethernet Fl ow Points An Ethernet flo w point (EFP) can represent a port that is conf igured for participation in a specif ic VLAN. If you ri ght-click a n EFP in Pr ime Network V isi on and t hen choose In ventory , th ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 424

    12-48 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapte r 12 Monito ring C arrier Ethern et Ser vices Work ing wi th V LANs Figur e 12-22 T er min ation P oint EFP Inside a VLAN • Edge EFPs—A subset of EFPs that exist inside a swi tching entity b ut that are not con nected to other EFPs and that re present edge EFPs in the co ntext of the V ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 425

    12-49 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 2 Moni to rin g Carrier Ethe rne t Services Working with VLANs Figur e 12-23 Edge EFP Inside a VLAN An edge E FP can be displayed both in side and outsi de of its switc hing entity , as sho wn (high lighted with a red o utline) in Figure 1 2-2 4 : ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 426

    12-50 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapte r 12 Monito ring C arrier Ethern et Ser vices Work ing wi th V LANs Figur e 12-24 Edg e EFPs Di splaye d Inside an d Outside of Sw itching Entities Y o u can del ete EFPs and swit ching entiti es that ha ve a reco nciliation icon b y right-clickin g them a nd choosin g Delete . After al l ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 427

    12-51 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 2 Moni to rin g Carrier Ethe rne t Services Working with VLANs Step 2 Cho ose File > Add to Map > VLAN . The Add VL AN to map dial og box is displa yed as sho wn in Figure 12- 25 . Figur e 12-25 A dd VLAN Dialog Bo x Step 3 In the Add VLAN dialog box, do either of the follow ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 428

    12-52 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapte r 12 Monito ring C arrier Ethern et Ser vices Work ing wi th V LANs Figur e 12-26 VLANs in Map View After you add a VLAN to a map, you can use Prime Net work V ision to view its switching entities and Ether net flow point s. For m ore i n forma tio n, see: • V iewing and Renam ing Ethern ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 429

    12-53 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 2 Moni to rin g Carrier Ethe rne t Services Working with VLANs When removi ng VLANs from maps, keep the following in mi nd: • Remo ving a VLAN af fects other u sers who are work ing with the same map vie w . • This op tio n d oes n ot c hange the business c onfigurat ion o r da ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 430

    12-54 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapte r 12 Monito ring C arrier Ethern et Ser vices Work ing wi th V LANs Figur e 12-27 VLAN M appings T ab in Ph ysical Inv entory T able 12- 25 descri bes the infor mation th at is displa yed in the VLA N Mappings table. T a ble 12-25 VLAN Mappings T able Field Description Direc tio n Whet her ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 431

    12-55 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 2 Moni to rin g Carrier Ethe rne t Services Working with VLANs Working w ith Asso ciat ed VLANs Prime Network V ision discovers associati ons b etween n etwork VLANs an d displays t he informat i on in Prime Networ k V i sion. Net work VLAN as sociations a re repres ented by VLAN s ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 432

    12-56 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapte r 12 Monito ring C arrier Ethern et Ser vices Work ing wi th V LANs Figur e 12-28 A dd Asso ciat ed VLAN Wind ow In thi s example, the sel ect ed n etwo rk VLA N ha s one a ssoci ate d V LAN : V LAN -1742 . T able 12- 27 describes the information display ed in the Add Associated VLAN table ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 433

    12-57 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 2 Moni to rin g Carrier Ethe rne t Services Working with VLANs Viewing Associated Network VLAN Service Links and VLAN Mapping P roperties After you ad d an assoc iated net work VLAN , you can: • V ie w the associated networ k VLAN service links in Prime Netw ork V ision in the th ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 434

    12-58 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapte r 12 Monito ring C arrier Ethern et Ser vices Work ing wi th V LANs If VLAN tag ma nipu lation is con figured on the l ink, the VL AN Mappi ng Proper ties area in the Link Propert ies wi ndo w displa ys the r elev ant i nforma tion. For exa mple, i n Figur e 12 -30 , the VLAN Ma pping Prop ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 435

    12-59 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 2 Moni to rin g Carrier Ethe rne t Services Working with VLANs Figur e 12-31 VLAN E lements and D evices in Pr ime Networ k Vision The ele ment s are c onfigured as follows: • Port GigabitE thernet1/1/2 on elemen t c7-sw10 is con nected to port Gig abitEther net1/1/2 on element c ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 436

    12-60 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapte r 12 Monito ring C arrier Ethern et Ser vices Work ing wi th V LANs Figur e 12-32 Links Betw een VL AN Elem ents and Devices The ke y point is that a link between a VNE and EFP , switching entity , or network VLAN does not repres ent an associa tion b etween t h e VNE a nd the logic al ele ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 437

    12-61 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 2 Moni to rin g Carrier Ethe rne t Services Working with VLANs Displaying VLANs By Applying VLAN Overlay s to a Map4 5 Y ou can cr ea te an over lay of a sp ec ific VL AN on top of the p hysica l n etwor k el e ment s d ispl ayed i n a map view . The overlay highl ights th e net wo ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 438

    12-62 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapte r 12 Monito ring C arrier Ethern et Ser vices Work ing wi th V LANs Figur e 12-33 VLAN O v er lay Exa mple Note The ov erlay is a snapshot taken at a specific point in time. As a result, the infor mation in th e o verl ay might become s tale. T o update the ov erlay , clic k Re fresh t h e ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 439

    12-63 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 2 Moni to rin g Carrier Ethe rne t Services Working with VLANs Viewing VLAN Service Link Properties See the follo wing topics for information on vie wing VLAN service link proper ties: • V iewing REP Prope rties for VLA N Servic e Links, pa ge 12-6 4 • V iewing STP Properties f ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 440

    12-64 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapte r 12 Monito ring C arrier Ethern et Ser vices Work ing wi th V LANs Viewing REP Properties fo r VL AN Se rv ice Lin ks T o vie w REP propertie s for a V LAN servi ce link, o pen the L ink Properties wind ow in either of the follo wing ways: • Double- click the VLAN service link. • Righ ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 441

    12-65 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 2 Moni to rin g Carrier Ethe rne t Services Working with VLANs Figur e 12-34 VLAN Se rvice L ink Pr oper ties Windo w with REP Inf or mation T able 12- 29 descri bes the informa tion that is displayed for REP for each end of the link. T able 12-29 REP Pr operties in VLAN Service Li ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 442

    12-66 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapte r 12 Monito ring C arrier Ethern et Ser vices Work ing wi th V LANs Viewing STP Information in VLAN Domain Views and VL AN Overlays Y ou can vi e w STP segment and port informatio n in Prime Net work V ision in the map vi ew . The icons displaye d depend on wh ether you view the STP inform ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 443

    12-67 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 2 Moni to rin g Carrier Ethe rne t Services Working with VLANs Viewing STP Properties fo r VL AN Se rv ice Lin ks T o v iew STP prop ert ies for a VL AN se rvice l ink, open t he L ink Pro pert ies w indow in o ne of t he follo wing ways: • Double- click the VLAN service link. ? ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 444

    12-68 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapte r 12 Monito ring C arrier Ethern et Ser vices Work ing wi th V LANs Viewing VL AN Trunk Group Prop erties VTP is a L ayer 2 mu l tica st me ssaging pr otoc ol t hat mana ges the a dditi on, de letion, an d r en aming of VLAN s on a sw itch ed ne twork-w ide basis . Prime Network V ision di ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 445

    12-69 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 2 Moni to rin g Carrier Ethe rne t Services Working with VLANs T able 12- 32 descr ibe s the in for matio n th at is di splaye d in the VTP Do ma in Pr operti es w indow . Step 3 T o vie w the VTP properties at the de vice, double-clic k the VTP domain. T able 12- 33 descr ibe s th ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 446

    12-70 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapte r 12 Monito ring C arrier Ethern et Ser vices Work ing wi th V LANs Step 4 Whe n finished, press Ctrl + F4 to close each VTP propertie s windo w . Viewing VLAN Bridge Properties Y ou can vi ew VLAN br i dges p rovisio ned o n a device by d isp layin g t h e device i n the Pri me N etwo rk ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 447

    12-71 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 2 Moni to rin g Carrier Ethe rne t Services Working with VLANs T able 12- 34 describes the infor mation that is displa yed. Depending on th e bridge conf iguration, any of the ta bs m ight be disp laye d for t h e sel ect ed bri dge . T able 12-34 VLAN Br idge Pr opert ies Field De ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 448

    12-72 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapte r 12 Monito ring C arrier Ethern et Ser vices Work ing wi th V LANs Step 3 Whe n finished, press Ctrl + F4 to close each VLAN Bridge pr operti es windo w . Using Commands to Work With VLANs The fol lowing comm ands can be launc hed from the p hysical inventory by rig ht-clicki ng an Ethern ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 449

    12-73 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 2 Moni to rin g Carrier Ethe rne t Services Understanding Una ssociated Bridges Thes e comm ands are applicab le only fo r Cis co ASR 5000 seri es net work el ements. Note Y o u might be prompted to enter your device access cre dentials while executing a com mand . Once you ha ve e ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 450

    12-74 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapte r 12 Monito ring C arrier Ethern et Ser vices Underst anding Un assoc iated Bri dg es Figu re 12-39 Add Un assoc iated B ridge Dial og Box Step 3 In the Add Unassigned Bridge to domain dial og box, sele ct the req uired bri dge an d click OK . The ma p is re f res hed a nd disp lays th e n ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 451

    12-75 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 2 Moni to rin g Carrier Ethe rne t Services Working with Ethernet Flow Point Cross-C onnects Figur e 12-40 Unass ociat ed Br idge in Pri me Netw or k Vision Working with Eth ernet Flow Po int Cross-Connec ts Prime Ne twork V ision au tomatica lly discovers Ethe rnet f low point (EF ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 452

    12-76 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapte r 12 Monito ring C arrier Ethern et Ser vices Working wit h Eth ern et Flow Poin t Cross -Connects Adding EFP Cross-Co nnects T o add an EFP cr oss-co nnect to a map: Step 1 In Prime Netw ork V ision, select the m ap to w h ich you wish to a dd the c ross-connect. Step 2 O pen the Add EFP ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 453

    12-77 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 2 Moni to rin g Carrier Ethe rne t Services Working with Ethernet Flow Point Cross-C onnects Figur e 12-41 Loca l S witchin g T a ble in Logical In vent ory T able 12- 36 descr ibe s the in for matio n di spla yed f or the EFP c ros s-conn ect s in the Loc al Switchi ng Ta b l e . ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 454

    12-78 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapte r 12 Monito ring C arrier Ethern et Ser vices Working wit h VPLS an d H-VPLS Ins ta nce s Working with VPLS a nd H-VPLS Instances V irtu al Pri vate LAN S ervice (VPL S) is a Layer 2 VPN techn ology that pro v ides Ethe rnet-b ased multipo int -to- multi poin t co mm unic ation over M PLS ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 455

    12-79 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 2 Moni to rin g Carrier Ethe rne t Services Working with VPLS and H-VPLS Instances Adding VPLS Instan ces to a M ap Y ou ca n add the VPL S instanc es that Pri me Network V i sion discovers to maps as re quired . T o add a VPLS instan ce to a map: Step 1 In Prime Networ k V ision, ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 456

    12-80 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapte r 12 Monito ring C arrier Ethern et Ser vices Working wit h VPLS an d H-VPLS Ins ta nce s Figur e 12-42 VPLS Ins tance in Pr ime Netw or k V ision Map The VPLS i n stance in formation is sa ved with the map in the Pr ime Netw ork datab ase. Applying VPL S Inst ance Overla ys An VPLS instan ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 457

    12-81 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 2 Moni to rin g Carrier Ethe rne t Services Working with VPLS and H-VPLS Instances Figur e 12-43 Selec t VPLS Instance Ov erla y Dialog Bo x Step 3 Select the required VPLS instance f or the ov erlay . Step 4 Click OK . The elem ents being used b y the selected VPLS inst ance are h ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 458

    12-82 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapte r 12 Monito ring C arrier Ethern et Ser vices Working wit h VPLS an d H-VPLS Ins ta nce s Figur e 12-44 VPLS Ins tance Ov er lay in Pri me Netw ork Vision Step 5 T o hide a nd vi ew the overla y , cl ic k Hide Overlay/Show Over lay in the tool bar . The button t oggle s depending on whethe ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 459

    12-83 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 2 Moni to rin g Carrier Ethe rne t Services Working with VPLS and H-VPLS Instances The callo ut windo w displays th e follo wing information for each link represented by t h e selecte d link: • Link deta ils and direc tion. • Details o f the sites u sing t he link and th e inte ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 460

    12-84 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapte r 12 Monito ring C arrier Ethern et Ser vices Working wit h VPLS an d H-VPLS Ins ta nce s Viewing VPLS Instance Pro perties T o vie w th e prop erties o f a VPLS instan ce in Prim e Netw ork V ision, open the V PLS Inst ance Pr opert ies win dow in ei ther of th e foll owing ways: • In t ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 461

    12-85 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 2 Moni to rin g Carrier Ethe rne t Services Working with VPLS and H-VPLS Instances Viewing Virtual Sw itching Instance Properties T o v iew VSI pr oper tie s in Prim e Networ k V ision , open the VS I pro pe rti es w indow in e ith er o f the follo wing ways: • Double -click the ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 462

    12-86 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapte r 12 Monito ring C arrier Ethern et Ser vices Working wit h VPLS an d H-VPLS Ins ta nce s Figur e 12-48 VPLS F orwar d in Pr ime Netwo r k Vision Navig ation P ane If you ri ght- clic k the VPLS forwa rd a nd choo se Inv entory , t he i n ventory wi nd ow is displ ayed . If yo u right-c li ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 463

    12-87 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 2 Moni to rin g Carrier Ethe rne t Services Working with VPLS and H-VPLS Instances T able 12- 38 descri bes the infor mation th at is displa yed for the sel ected VSI . Viewing VPLS Core or Access Pseudowire Endpoint Properties Pseudowire endpoi nts are disp layed und er VPLS In st ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 464

    12-88 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapte r 12 Monito ring C arrier Ethern et Ser vices Working wit h VPLS an d H-VPLS Ins ta nce s Figur e 12-51 VPLS T unnel Pr operties Win dow T able 12- 39 descri bes the infor mation th at is displaye d for pseu dowire endpoint pro perties. T a ble 12-39 T unnel Prop ertie s Windo w Field Desc ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 465

    12-89 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 2 Moni to rin g Carrier Ethe rne t Services Working with VPLS and H-VPLS Instances Viewing VPLS Access Ethern et Flow Point Properties The ports that repr esent the a ttachment circuits to VPLS insta nces are disp layed under VPLS instan ces in the Pri me N et work V i sion navigat ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 466

    12-90 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapte r 12 Monito ring C arrier Ethern et Ser vices Working wit h Pseudowi res • List of t he c onfigured subi nte rface s on the p ort. For m ore in forma ti on on t he Sub int erface s table , see V iewing a Port Configuratio n, page 3 -25 . • List of the co nfigured E FPs on the po rt . F ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 467

    12-91 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 2 Moni to rin g Carrier Ethe rne t Services Working with Pseudow ires • In th e menu bar , choo se File > Add to Map > Pseudo wire . Figure 12- 54 shows an example of th e Add Pseudowire di alog box. Figur e 12-54 A dd Pseudowir e Dialog Bo x Step 3 In the Add Pseudowire di ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 468

    12-92 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapte r 12 Monito ring C arrier Ethern et Ser vices Working wit h Pseudowi res Step 4 In the Add Pseu dowire di a log box, se lect the pseud owires that yo u want to add . Y ou can se lec t and add multiple pseudo wires by pressing Ctr l w hile sele ctin g ind ividual p seu dowires o r by pre ss ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 469

    12-93 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 2 Moni to rin g Carrier Ethe rne t Services Working with Pseudow ires Figur e 12-56 Pseudo wire Componen ts in Pr ime Netw ork V ision Maps The pse udowire info rmat ion is saved with t he m a p in the Prim e N etwork da tabase . Viewing Ps eudowire Properties T o vie w pseud owir ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 470

    12-94 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapte r 12 Monito ring C arrier Ethern et Ser vices Working wit h Pseudowi res Figur e 12-57 Pseudo wire Pr oper ties Win do w T able 12- 40 descri bes the informa tion pres ented in the Pseudowire Prop erties win dow . Step 4 T o view the pro pe rties of a pse ud owire endp oint assoc ia ted w ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 471

    12-95 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 2 Moni to rin g Carrier Ethe rne t Services Working with Pseudow ires Step 7 T o vie w th e prope rties of an Ethe rnet fl o w po int associ ated wit h the pseudowire, ri ght-click the EFP a nd then choose Proper ties. See V iewing EFP Pr oper ties, page 1 2-33 f or the information ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 472

    12-96 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapte r 12 Monito ring C arrier Ethern et Ser vices Working wit h Pseudowi res Step 1 In th e r eq uire map , dou ble- cli ck the re quir ed device c onfigured f or pseudowire. Step 2 In the inv entory w ind ow , c ho ose Lo gical In ventory > Pseudo wire . Step 3 In the T unnel Ed ges table ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 473

    12-97 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 2 Moni to rin g Carrier Ethe rne t Services Working with Pseudow ires Figur e 12-58 Pseudo wire Redundan cy Se rvice Badg e in a Map Step 2 T o vi ew additio nal det ails , i n the ma p, d oubl e-c li ck the el em ent wi th t h e re dun da ncy serv ice badg e. The PT P Layer 2 MPLS ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 474

    12-98 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapte r 12 Monito ring C arrier Ethern et Ser vices Working wit h Pseudowi res Figur e 12-60 Pseudo wire Redundan cy Se rvice in Log ical Inv entory The entri es in dicat e that th e se lected tunnel edge ha s a Second ary ro le in th e f irst V C and a Pr imar y ro le in the second VC. For more ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 475

    12-99 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 2 Moni to rin g Carrier Ethe rne t Services Working with Pseudow ires Figur e 12-61 Selec t Pseudo wir e Ov erla y Dialog Bo x Step 3 Select the re quired pseudowir e for the overlay . Step 4 Click OK . The ele ments be ing used by the sele cted pse udowire are high light ed in the ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 476

    12-100 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapte r 12 Monito ring C arrier Ethern et Ser vices Working wit h Pseudowi res Figu re 12-62 P seudowire Overla y in P rime Net wor k Vision Step 5 T o hide a nd vi ew the overla y , cl ic k Hide Overlay/Show Over lay in the tool bar . The button t oggle s depending on whethe r the overlay is c ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 477

    12-101 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 2 Moni to rin g Carrier Ethe rne t Services Working with Pseudow ires Figur e 12-63 Pseudo wire Deplo yment Over C ore Netw or k Figur e 12-64 Pseudo wire Deplo yment Over A ccess Netwo rk A pseud owire head en d ( PW -H E) vi r tual i n terface o rigi nat es as a PW o n a n ac ce ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 478

    12-102 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapte r 12 Monito ring C arrier Ethern et Ser vices Working wit h Pseudowi res Figu re 12-65 PW -HE In terface The PW -HE interfa ce is treated lik e any ex isting L3 interfa ce and operates on o ne of the follo wing nodes: • Bridge d int erwo rking ( VC t yp e 5 or 4) no de—PW w ill car ry ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 479

    12-103 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 2 Moni to rin g Carrier Ethe rne t Services Working with Pseudow ires Figur e 12-66 PW -HE Configu ratio n Details T able 12- 42 displays t he PW -HE interfa ce details. ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 480

    12-104 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapte r 12 Monito ring C arrier Ethern et Ser vices Working wit h Pseudowi res Y o u can a lso vie w the follo wing conf igur ation deta ils for a PW -HE interf ace: • V iewing PW -HE Configured as a Local Interfac e under Pseu dowire, page 12-10 4 • V iewing PW -H E Generic Interface List, ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 481

    12-105 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 2 Moni to rin g Carrier Ethe rne t Services Working with Pseudow ires Viewing PW-HE Generic Inter face List T o vie w the PW -HE generic inter face list: Step 1 Ri ght- click t h e re quir ed device in Pr ime Ne twork V ision an d cho ose Inv e ntory . Step 2 In the l ogical in ve ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 482

    12-106 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapte r 12 Monito ring C arrier Ethern et Ser vices Working wit h Eth ernet Service s Working with Eth ernet Se rvices Ether net servic es are creat ed when the following business elem ents are linked to one an other: • Network VLA N and bridge domain are lin ked throu gh a shared EFP . • N ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 483

    12-107 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 2 Moni to rin g Carrier Ethe rne t Services Working with Ethernet Services b. T o na rrow th e displa y to a r ange of Et herne t serv ice s o r a gro up of E ther net servi ce s, en ter a search string in the se arch field. c. Click Go . Fo r ex ample, if yo u ch oose Na me an d ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 484

    12-108 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapte r 12 Monito ring C arrier Ethern et Ser vices Working wit h Eth ernet Service s The Eth ernet service informatio n is sa ved with th e map in the Pri me Netw ork datab ase. Applying Et hern et Ser vice Ov er lays An Ethern et service overlay allows you to isolate the parts of a network th ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 485

    12-109 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 2 Moni to rin g Carrier Ethe rne t Services Working with Ethernet Services Figur e 12-69 Ether net Service Ov erla y in Pr ime Networ k Vision Step 5 T o hide a nd vi ew the overla y , cl ic k Hide Overlay/Show Over lay in the toolb ar . T he button togg les depending o n w het he ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 486

    12-110 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapte r 12 Monito ring C arrier Ethern et Ser vices Working wit h Eth ernet Service s Figur e 12-70 Ether net Service Pr operties Windo w T able 12- 44 descri bes the infor matio n that is displa yed for an Et hernet servic e. Step 3 T o vie w the EVC Properti es windo w , click the h yperlink ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 487

    12-111 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 2 Moni to rin g Carrier Ethe rne t Services Working with Ethernet Services Figur e 12-71 EV C Pr operties Windo w T able 12- 45 describes the inform ation that is displa yed in the EVC Proper ties windo w . The tabs th at are displaye d depen d on the servic es incl uded in the EV ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 488

    12-112 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapte r 12 Monito ring C arrier Ethern et Ser vices Viewing IP SLA Respon der Service Properties Viewing IP SLA Responder Service Propert ies Cisco I OS Se rvic e L evel Agree ment s (SL As ) so ftwa re a llows yo u t o ana lyze IP s er vice levels fo r IP appli cations an d servi ces by using ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 489

    12-113 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 2 Moni to rin g Carrier Ethe rne t Services Viewing IP S LA Respon der Se rvice P roper ties Figur e 12-72 IP SLA Respo nder in Logical In ventory T able 12- 46 descri bes the proper ties displa yed for IP SLA Respon der servi ce. T able 12-46 IP SLA Respo nder Pr operties in Logi ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 490

    12-114 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapte r 12 Monito ring C arrier Ethern et Ser vices Viewing IS-IS Properties Viewing IS-IS Properties Intermed iate Syste m-to-I ntermedi ate System (IS- IS) protocol is a routing pr otocol developed by the ISO. It is a l ink- state p rotocol whe re IS ro uter s excha nge r outi ng inf orma tio ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 491

    12-115 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 2 Moni to rin g Carrier Ethe rne t Services Viewing IS -IS Proper ties T able 12- 47 descri bes the infor mation th at is displa yed in this win dow and the Processes t able. Step 3 T o view IS-I S pr oces s i nform at ion , ch oose L ogical Inventory > IS-IS > Process nnn . ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 492

    12-116 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapte r 12 Monito ring C arrier Ethern et Ser vices Viewing IS-IS Properties T able 12- 48 descri bes the informa tion that is di splayed for the selecte d IS-IS proce ss. T a ble 12-48 IS-IS Proc ess Pr operties in Logical I nvent ory Field Description Proc ess Un ique ident ifier for the IS - ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 493

    12-117 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 2 Moni to rin g Carrier Ethe rne t Services Viewi ng OSPF Pr operti e s Viewing OSPF Properties Prime Network V ision supports the follo wing versions of OSPF: • OSPFv1 • OSPFv2 • OSPFv3 Using Prime Network V ision you can view OSPF properties for: • OSPF processes, includ ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 494

    12-118 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapte r 12 Monito ring C arrier Ethern et Ser vices Viewing OSPF Properties T a ble 12-49 OSPF Pr ocesses in Logical In vent ory Field Des cripti on OSPF Pr ocess Detai ls Process ID Unique pr oc es s ide ntifier . Route r ID R outer IP add ress. OSPF V ersion OSPF v ersion: v1, v2, or v3. SPF ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 495

    12-119 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 2 Moni to rin g Carrier Ethe rne t Services Confi guri ng REP and m LACP Configuring RE P an d mLACP The fo llowing comma nds c an be lau nched fr om th e in ventory by right-cl icking t he appr opriate node and select ing Com mands. Before executing any c om mands , you can previ ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 496

    12-120 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapte r 12 Monito ring C arrier Ethern et Ser vices Using Pseudo wire Ping and Sh ow Comman ds Using Pseudowire Ping and Show Co mmands The Ping Pseudowire and Display Pseudowire comman ds can be launched fr om the in ventor y by right-c licking the appr opriate node a nd selec ting Commands. B ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 497

    12-121 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 2 Moni to rin g Carrier Ethe rne t Services Confi guring IS-IS Configuring IS-IS In orde r to e nabl e IS- IS for IP on a C is co ro uter a nd have it exchang e ro ut ing infor ma tion wit h other IS-IS enabled rou ters, you mu st perform th ese two tasks: • Enabl e the IS-IS pr ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 498

    12-122 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapte r 12 Monito ring C arrier Ethern et Ser vices Configuring I S-IS Comma nd Navi gati on Descript ion Create ISIS Int er fac e ISIS > System > right- click Pr oce ss ID i n conte nt p ane > Commands > Conf iguration > Use these command to c reate or modify an IS-IS r out ing ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 499

    CH A P T E R 13-1 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 13 Monitoring Carrier Grade NAT Properties Carri er Grade N A T is a lar ge-scal e Netw ork Addre ss T ranslation (N A T) that pro vides tran slati on of millions of pr i v ate IPv4 ad dresses to public IPv4 addresses. T hese transla tions support su bscribers and conte nt pr ovi ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 500

    13-2 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 13 Monitoring Carrier Grade NAT Properties User Roles Req uired to View Car rier Grade NAT Properties User Roles Required to View Carri er Grade NAT Propert ies This topic identif ies the roles that are requir e d to view Carrier Grad e N A T properties in Pr ime Netw ork V ision. Prim e N ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 501

    13-3 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 3 Moni to rin g Carrier Grad e NA T Properti es Viewing Carri er Grade NAT Prop erties in Logic al Inventory The Carri er Grade N A T prope rties are displayed i n logical in ventor y as shown in Figu re 13- 1 . Figur e 13-1 Ca r r ier Grad e NA T in Logical In vent ory T able 13- 3 ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 502

    13-4 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 13 Monitoring Carrier Grade NAT Properties Viewing Carri er G rade NAT Prop erties in Log ic al Inventory Address Pools T ab Inside VRF Hyperlink ed entry to the insid e VRF in logical in vento ry . For more infor mation ab out VRF pr opertie s in logical in ventor y , see V i ewing VRF Pr ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 503

    13-5 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 3 Moni to rin g Carrier Grad e NA T Properti es Viewing Carrier Grade NAT Properties in Physical Inventory Y o u can also disp lay pool u tilization by r ight-cl icking a VNE an d choosing Commands > Show > Pool Utiliza tion. Viewing Carrier Grade NAT Properties in Physi cal I ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 504

    13-6 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 13 Monitoring Carrier Grade NAT Properties Configuring CG NA T Service Figur e 13-2 Carr ier Gr ade NA T Pro per ties in P h ysical In vent ory The field CGN Servi ce is displ ayed, and the entry is hype rlinked to the associate d Carrie r Grade NA T service in logical in ven tory . Config ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 505

    13-7 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 3 Moni to rin g Carrier Grad e NA T Properti es Config uring CG NAT Service Note Y o u might be prompted to enter your device access cre dentials while executing a com mand . Once you ha ve entered them, th ese cre dentials will be us ed for e ve ry subs equent e xecuti on of a comm ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 506

    13-8 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 13 Monitoring Carrier Grade NAT Properties Configuring CG NA T Service ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 507

    CH A P T E R 14-1 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 14 Monitoring DWDM Properties The Ci sco I P over dense wavelength division mu l tiplexing (IPoDWDM) sol ution e nable s the con ve rgence of the IP an d D WDM core netw orks of the service pro viders. It increases serv ice flexibili ty , operation al ef f icienc y and r eliabili ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 508

    14-2 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 14 Monitoring DWDM Prope rties User Roles Req uired to View DW D M Properties • For element-based tasks (tasks that do af fect elements), authorizatio n is based on the defaul t permis sion that is a ssigned t o your a ccount. That is, wh ether the ele ment is in o ne of y our assigne d ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 509

    14-3 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 4 Moni toring DW DM Prope rt ies Viewing DWDM in Ph ysical Inventory Viewing DWDM in Physical Inventory Prime Ne twork V ision e nabl es yo u to mo nit or a variety o f DWDM prop ertie s in phy sica l inv entory , includi ng forward erro r corre ction (F EC), G.70 9 status, and perf ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 510

    14-4 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 14 Monitoring DWDM Prope rties Viewin g DWDM in Ph ysical Inventor y T able 14- 3 descr ibes the in for mati on di splayed for D WDM. T a ble 14-3 D WDM Pr oper ties in Ph ysical Inv entory Field Description Location Physical interfa ce using the format rack / slot / module / port where: ? ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 511

    14-5 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 4 Moni toring DW DM Prope rt ies Vie wing G.709 Proper ties Viewing G.709 Properties The T eleco mmunic ation Stan dardiz ation Secto r (ITU-T ) Recomme ndati on G.709 provide s a standardize d method for transpare ntly transportin g services o ver opt ical wa velengths end to end. ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 512

    14-6 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 14 Monitoring DWDM Prope rties View ing G.709 Propertie s Figur e 14-2 D WDM G709 Pr oper ties Window Figure 14- 3 shows the tabs that are displayed in t he G709 Info Pr opertie s window for Cisco 7600 series devices. For Cisco 760 0 seri es d evices: • The ODU A lert Counters tab i s di ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 513

    14-7 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 4 Moni toring DW DM Prope rt ies Vie wing G.709 Proper ties Figur e 14-3 DWD M G709 Proper ties Window f or Cisco 76 0 0 Ser ies Devices T able 14- 4 descr ibes the fields tha t a re d ispl ayed a bove the ta bs i n th e G709 In fo Pro pert ies win dow . T a ble 14-4 D WDM G709 Pr o ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 514

    14-8 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 14 Monitoring DWDM Prope rties View ing G.709 Propertie s OTU Ala rms O TU Alarm Re porting Enabled f or The t ypes of ala rms enabl ed for repo rting: • AIS—Alar m indic ation signal (A IS) alarms. • BDI—Ba ckwar d defect in dicatio n (BDI ) alarms. • BEI—Ba ckward er ror ind ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 515

    14-9 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 4 Moni toring DW DM Prope rt ies Vie wing G.709 Proper ties Step 4 T o vie w addit ional G.7 0 9 prope rties, clic k the requir ed tab . T able 14-5 describes the informat io n displaye d in each tab . The infor mation th at is displaye d depends on the selected network element . OT ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 516

    14-10 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 14 Monitoring DWDM Prope rties View ing G.709 Propertie s OTU Aler t Counters T ab T y pe T ype of OTU alert, such as SD-BE R or SF-BER. Threshold T hreshold se t for the type of alert. Counter Number of aler ts repo rted fo r each aler t type . A v alue of - 1 indicat es that no value ha ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 517

    14-11 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 4 Moni toring DW DM Prope rt ies Viewing Performance Mon itoring Configuration Step 5 T o close the G 709 Info Pro perti es window , cl ick the upp er rig ht corne r . Viewing Performance Monito ring Con figuration Performa nce m onitoring p arame ters are used to ga ther, store, s ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 518

    14-12 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 14 Monitoring DWDM Prope rties Viewing Perform an ce Monito rin g Conf ig uration Figur e 14-4 Cli ent D WDM PM Sett ings Pr operties Windo w T able 14- 6 describes the informatio n displayed abov e the tabs in the Client DW DM PM Settings Properti es windo w and in e ach of the tab s. T ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 519

    14-13 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 4 Moni toring DW DM Prope rt ies Viewing Performance Mon itoring Configuration Optic s PM Setti ngs T ab T y pe Optics p er fo rmanc e m onit or ing p aram e ter bei ng t racked : • LBC—Laser bias curre nt. • OPR—Optical po wer on the unidirectional po rt. • OPT—T ransm ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 520

    14-14 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 14 Monitoring DWDM Prope rties Viewing Perform an ce Monito rin g Conf ig uration OTN PM Set tings T ab T y pe O TN pe rform an ce m on ito ring para me ter b eing t rac ked: • bbe-pm -fe—Fa r -end pa th monit oring ba ckground bl ock erro rs (BBE-PM ). Indic ates the num ber of back ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 521

    14-15 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 4 Moni toring DW DM Prope rt ies Config uring and Viewin g DWDM Configuring and Viewing DW DM The fo llowing comma nds c an be lau nched fr om th e in ventory by right-cl icking t he appr opriate node and select ing Com mands. Before executing any c om mands , you can preview them ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 522

    14-16 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 14 Monitoring DWDM Prope rties Configuring an d Viewing DWDM Additi onal comma nds may be available for your devices. New comman ds are often provid ed in Prime Netwo rk De vice Pac ka ges , wh ich can be do wnloaded from the Prim e Netw o r k soft w ar e do wnload site. For more inf orma ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 523

    14-17 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 4 Moni toring DW DM Prope rt ies Config uring and Viewin g DWDM G.709 TTI Configur e > Optical cha nnel unit type: ODU o r O TU TTI type : Expecte d or sent TTI string type : ASCII or hex TTI stri ng Option: Set or re set TTI string G.709 Wra pper Option: Disable or enable G.70 ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 524

    14-18 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 14 Monitoring DWDM Prope rties Configuring an d Viewing DWDM PM Optics Data Configure > PM i nterval: 15-min or 24-hour Optics alarm type: • lbc —Laser b ias current • opr—Opt ical po wer on the unidirectional port • opt—Transmit opti cal p ower in dBm Maximu m TCA option : ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 525

    CH A P T E R 15-1 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 15 Monitoring Ethernet Operations, Ad ministration, and Maintenance Tool Prop erties The fol lowing topics descri be how you can use Cisco Pri me Network V i sion (Prime Network V ision) to monitor Et hernet operat ions, admi nistratio n, and ma intenan ce (OAM) tools: • User R ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 526

    15-2 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapte r 15 Monit oring E therne t Operati ons, Admi nistrat ion, and Mainte nance Tool Proper ties Ethernet O A M Overvi ew Ethernet OAM Overview Prime N etwork V ision suppo rts three, interrela ted O AM components, includin g: • Connectivity Fault Ma nage ment —Con ne ctivity Fault M a nage ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 527

    15-3 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 5 Moni to ring Ethern et O pe rations, A dm i nis t ration, and M aintenan ce To ol Properti es Viewin g Connect ivi ty Fault Manageme nt Properties • Ether net Lo cal Ma na geme nt I nt erfac e—E the rnet Lo ca l M anage m ent In terfa ce ( Ethe r net LMI) operate s between t h ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 528

    15-4 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapte r 15 Monit oring E therne t Operati ons, Admi nistrat ion, and Mainte nance Tool Proper ties Viewing Conne ctivity Faul t Manageme nt Properti es • Continuity c heck—Multic ast heartbe at messages e xch anged peri odically among MEPs. The y allo w MEPs to discov er other MEPs w ithin a ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 529

    15-5 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 5 Moni to ring Ethern et O pe rations, A dm i nis t ration, and M aintenan ce To ol Properti es Viewin g Connect ivi ty Fault Manageme nt Properties Figur e 15-1 CFM in Logical In vent ory T able 15- 3 descri bes the in for mati on di spla yed for CFM . Step 3 Click the Maintenance ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 530

    15-6 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapte r 15 Monit oring E therne t Operati ons, Admi nistrat ion, and Mainte nance Tool Proper ties Viewing Conne ctivity Faul t Manageme nt Properti es Figur e 15-2 CFM Maintenan ce Inter mediat e Po ints T ab T able 15- 4 describes the informatio n that is displayed in the Mai ntenance Intermed ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 531

    15-7 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 5 Moni to ring Ethern et O pe rations, A dm i nis t ration, and M aintenan ce To ol Properti es Viewin g Connect ivi ty Fault Manageme nt Properties Figur e 15-3 CFM Maintenan c e Domain Pr opertie s T able 15- 5 describes the informatio n that is displayed for CFM maintenance domai ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 532

    15-8 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapte r 15 Monit oring E therne t Operati ons, Admi nistrat ion, and Mainte nance Tool Proper ties Viewing Conne ctivity Faul t Manageme nt Properti es Figure 15- 4 sho ws the info rmati on displaye d for the maint enance assoc iation endpoints. Figur e 15-4 CFM Maintenan c e Association - Endpoi ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 533

    15-9 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 5 Moni to ring Ethern et O pe rations, A dm i nis t ration, and M aintenan ce To ol Properti es Viewin g Connect ivi ty Fault Manageme nt Properties Step 6 Click the Remot e Maintenance End P oints ta b to vie w the infor mation displ ayed for remote ME Ps. See Figure 15-5 . Figur e ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 534

    15-10 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapte r 15 Monit oring E therne t Operati ons, Admi nistrat ion, and Mainte nance Tool Proper ties View ing Eth ernet LM I Pro pertie s T able 15- 7 describes the informatio n presented for remote MEP s . Viewing Ethernet LMI Propert ies Ether net Lo cal Ma na geme nt I nt erfac e (E -L MI) i s ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 535

    15-11 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 5 Moni to ring Ethern et O pe rations, A dm i nis t ration, and M aintenan ce To ol Properti es Viewing Ethernet LMI Properties Figur e 15-6 Eth er net LMI in Logical In vent ory T able 15- 8 des cri bes t he i nfo rma tion displaye d for E thernet LMI . T able 15-8 Ether net LMI P ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 536

    15-12 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapte r 15 Monit oring E therne t Operati ons, Admi nistrat ion, and Mainte nance Tool Proper ties View ing Eth ernet LM I Pro pertie s Step 3 T o view de vice EVC prope rties, d ouble- click an EVC name in the De vice EVCs tab . The D evice EVC Prope rti es w indow is di sp layed as shown in Fi ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 537

    15-13 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 5 Moni to ring Ethern et O pe rations, A dm i nis t ration, and M aintenan ce To ol Properti es Viewing Ethernet LMI Properties Step 4 T o view prope rties for an Ethe rnet L MI int erface in physical i nterfac e, cli ck the r equired interfac e name in the ELMI Inter face s table. ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 538

    15-14 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapte r 15 Monit oring E therne t Operati ons, Admi nistrat ion, and Mainte nance Tool Proper ties View ing Link OAM Prop ert ies Viewing Link OAM Properties Link OAM is an op tio nal sub layer i mple ment ed in the OS I D a ta Link L ayer bet wee n the L ogic al Link Control and M A C su blay e ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 539

    15-15 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 5 Moni to ring Ethern et O pe rations, A dm i nis t ration, and M aintenan ce To ol Properti es Viewing Link OAM P ropert ies Figure 15- 8 shows an e x ampl e of Link OAM properties in logi cal inv e ntory . Figur e 15-8 Link OAM Proper ties in Logica l Inv entory T able 15- 11 des ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 540

    15-16 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapte r 15 Monit oring E therne t Operati ons, Admi nistrat ion, and Mainte nance Tool Proper ties View ing Link OAM Prop ert ies Step 3 T o view deta il ed in form at ion abou t an e ntr y i n t he ta ble , doub le- cli ck t he re quir ed ent ry . The Li nk OAM Data Prop er ties w ind ow is dis ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 541

    15-17 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 5 Moni to ring Ethern et O pe rations, A dm i nis t ration, and M aintenan ce To ol Properti es Viewing Link OAM P ropert ies Step 4 T o vie w Li nk OAM status in physica l in ventory , choose Physical Inv entory > chassis > slot > interface . The Link O A M admini strativ ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 542

    15-18 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapte r 15 Monit oring E therne t Operati ons, Admi nistrat ion, and Mainte nance Tool Proper ties Configuring CF M Figu re 15-1 0 Lin k OAM Admini strative S tatus i n Physica l Inventory Configuring CF M CFM provid es capabilitie s f or detect ing, ve rifying, and isolating connect ivity fail ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 543

    15-19 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 5 Moni to ring Ethern et O pe rations, A dm i nis t ration, and M aintenan ce To ol Properti es Configur ing CFM Note Y o u might be prompted to enter your device access cre dentials while executing a com mand . Once you ha ve entered them, th ese cre dentials will be us ed for e v ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 544

    15-20 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapte r 15 Monit oring E therne t Operati ons, Admi nistrat ion, and Mainte nance Tool Proper ties Configuring E- LMI Configuring E-LMI E-LMI not ifies the CE of connec tivity status and con f igura tion par ameter s of Ethernet ser vices available on the CE p ort. The fo llowing com ma nds can ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 545

    15-21 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 5 Moni to ring Ethern et O pe rations, A dm i nis t ration, and M aintenan ce To ol Properti es Configuring L-OAM Configuring L-OAM L-OAM commands m oni tors and troublesh oots a sin gl e Etherne t link. The following comma nds ca n be launc hed from the in vento ry by right-cli ck ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 546

    15-22 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapte r 15 Monit oring E therne t Operati ons, Admi nistrat ion, and Mainte nance Tool Proper ties Configuring L -OAM Enable E-LMI On Interfac e Inter face name (if E-L M I is di sabl ed g lo bally , yo u ca n use this comman d to ena ble E-LMI on speci fic interf aces) Configur e O AM Parameter ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 547

    CH A P T E R 16-1 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 16 Monitoring Y.1731 IPSLA Configuration The fo llowing topics prov ide an overview of the Y . 1731 tech nology and de scribe how to vie w and monitor Y .1 731 configuration s in Prime Net work V ision : • Y .1 731 T echnol ogy: Overview , page 16-1 • User Rol es Required to ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 548

    16-2 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 16 Monitoring Y.1731 IP SLA Configura tion User Roles Req uired to Work with Y.1731 Probes User Roles Required to Work with Y.1731 Probes This top ic ide ntifies the ro les t hat are requi red t o work wit h Y .1731 pr obes. Prime Network det ermi nes wheth er you are au thor ized to per f ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 549

    16-3 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 6 Monito ring Y.1731 IPSL A Configuratio n Working with Y.1731 IPSLA Configurati ons Figur e 16-1 Y .1731 Pr obes Conte nt P ane T able 16- 2 descri bes the f iel ds that are di spla yed in the con tent pa ne. T a ble 16-2 Y .1731 Cont ent P ane Field Name Descriptio n Prof ile Name ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 550

    16-4 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 16 Monitoring Y.1731 IP SLA Configura tion Work ing wi th Y .1731 IPSL A Co n f igur a t ion s Step 3 Ri ght-clic k on a probe and choose Pro pertie s to view its properties. Additionally , the follo wing inf orma tion is displa yed in the Probe Pr opert ies windo w for a Cisc o CPT de vic ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 551

    16-5 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 6 Monito ring Y.1731 IPSL A Configuratio n Working with Y.1731 IPSLA Configurati ons Command Navigation Description Configur e Probe EndPoint Association Right-cl ick Y1731 P robes node > Commands > Conf i guration Use thi s comma nd to co nfigure endpoi nt associ ation for a ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 552

    16-6 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 16 Monitoring Y.1731 IP SLA Configura tion Work ing wi th Y .1731 IPSL A Co n f igur a t ion s ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 553

    CH A P T E R 17-1 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 17 IPv6 and IPv6 VPN over MPLS Cisco Pri me Ne twork (Pri me Ne twork) su ppo rts I Pv6 fo r: • Gate ways, clients, and units using IPv6. • Communi cations be tween VNEs a nd devices in IPv6 en vironments , whether the device mana gement IP addre ss is IPv4 or IPv6 . • Poll ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 554

    17-2 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 17 IPv6 and IP v6 VPN over MPLS User Roles Req uired to Work wi th IPv 6 an d 6VPE User Roles Required to W ork with IPv6 an d 6VPE This topic ident ifies the roles that are re quired to wo rk with IPv6 and 6VPE in Prime Netw ork V ision. Prime N etwork determines whether you are authoriz ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 555

    17-3 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 7 IPv6 and IPv6 VPN over MPLS Viewing IPv6 Information T able 17- 3 describ es where IPv6 in format ion appe ars in logic al and physic al in ventor y . T able 1 7 -3 IPv6 Info r mation in Inv entory Inventory Location Description Logic al Invent ory 6rd Tunnels The T unnel E dges t ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 556

    17-4 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 17 IPv6 and IP v6 VPN over MPLS Viewi ng IP v6 Info rma t ion The IP ad dre sses t hat a pp ear depe nd on whe ther t h e i nter face ha s o nly I Pv4 a ddresse s, on l y IP v6 addresse s, or bo th I Pv4 a nd IPv6 a ddr ess es, a s s hown in T able 17 -4 . Note t he f ollowing w hen wor ki ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 557

    17-5 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 7 IPv6 and IPv6 VPN over MPLS Viewing IPv6 Information Figur e 17 -1 Po rt with IPv4 a nd IPv6 Addr esses Figure 17- 2 sho ws a port with only IPv 6 addresses provi sioned. In thi s example, the lowest IPv6 addre ss is show n in the subinterfa ce table, and all IPv6 addresses are sh ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 558

    17-6 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 17 IPv6 and IP v6 VPN over MPLS Viewi ng IP v6 Info rma t ion Figu re 1 7 -2 Port with IP v6 Addresses ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 559

    CH A P T E R 18-1 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 18 Monitoring MPLS Services The f ollo wing topi cs descri be ho w to vie w an d ma nage aspects of Mul tipro tocol Lab el S wit chin g (MPLS) se rvi ces u sing Cisco Pr ime Ne twork V ision (Pri me Networ k V isi on), inc ludi ng t he M PL S service vi ew , business configuratio ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 560

    18-2 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 18 Monitoring M PLS Serv ic es User R oles Req uir e d to W o r k with MPL S Net wor ks For more information on user au thorization , see the Cisco P rime N etwo rk 4. 0 Adm ini strator G uide . The fol lo wing table s identify the task s that y ou can perform: • T able 18- 1 identif ies ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 561

    18-3 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 8 Monito ring MPLS Servic es User Roles Required to Work with MPLS Networks Displa y or hide VPN overlays X X X X X R em ove V P N ove r l a y s X X X X X T able 1 8-2 Def ault P ermissi on/Secur ity Lev el Requir ed for W orking with MPLS Networ ks - Element in User’ s Scope T as ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 562

    18-4 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 18 Monitoring M PLS Serv ic es Working wit h MPL S -TP T unnels Working with MPLS-T P Tunnels MPLS-T ransport Prof ile (MPLS-TP) is considered to be the next gene ration transpor t for those using SONET/SDH TDM tech nologies as they migrat e to packet- switchi ng techn ology . Although sti ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 563

    18-5 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 8 Monito ring MPLS Servic es Working with MPLS-TP Tunnels Adding an MPLS-TP Tunnel Prime Net work V ision autom atically discovers MPLS-T P tunnels, endpoin ts, and m idpoints a nd ena bles you to ad d MPL P-T P tun ne ls t o ma ps. T o add an MPLS- TP tunnel to a map : Step 1 In Pr ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 564

    18-6 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 18 Monitoring M PLS Serv ic es Working wit h MPL S -TP T unnels Figur e 18-1 MPLS-TP T unnel in Pr ime Ne two r k V ision Map If an LSP is in lockout st ate, it is d isplayed wi th the lock badge ( ). By e xpanding all aggregatio ns in the MPLS-TP tun nel (see Figure 18-2 ), you can see co ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 565

    18-7 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 8 Monito ring MPLS Servic es Working with MPLS-TP Tunnels For more inf orm ation a bou t L SP redu nda ncy s ervi ce, see V iewing LSP Endpo int Redunda ncy Service Propert ies, page 18-14 . Viewing M PLS-TP Tun nel Properties Prime Netw ork V ision disco vers and di splays MPL S-TP ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 566

    18-8 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 18 Monitoring M PLS Serv ic es Working wit h MPL S -TP T unnels T a ble 18-3 MPLS-TP T unnel Pr operties in Logica l Invent ory Field Description Glob al ID G lobal ly uniq ue Attachme nt Inte rface Iden tifier (AII) for MPLS-TP derived from the Autonomou s System Number (ASN) of the syste ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 567

    18-9 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 8 Monito ring MPLS Servic es Working with MPLS-TP Tunnels Step 3 T o view add itio nal M PLS-T P tu nne l e ndp oint p rop er ti es, d ouble -cl ick the r equi red en try in t he MPLS-TP Tunnel Endpoi nts ta ble . The M PLS-T P Tunnel Propert ies window is disp layed a s shown in Fi ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 568

    18-10 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 18 Monitoring M PLS Serv ic es Working wit h MPL S -TP T unnels Figur e 18-4 MP LS-TP T unnel Pr oper ties Win dow T able 18- 4 describes the informatio n av ailable in the top portion of the MPLS-TP T unnel Propertie s wind o w . F or i nform ation abo ut t h e ta bs that are displ aye d ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 569

    18-11 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 8 Monito ring MPLS Servic es Working with MPLS-TP Tunnels Viewing LS Ps C onfig ur ed on an E the rn et Li nk A single Et hern et lin k ca n su pport a num ber of LSPs. Prim e N etwork V isio n ena ble s you t o vi ew all LSPs on a single Et hernet link and to identif y the sourc e ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 570

    18-12 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 18 Monitoring M PLS Serv ic es Working wit h MPL S -TP T unnels Figur e 18-5 L ink Pr oper ties Window with All Labels Butt on Step 3 Click Labels . The All Labels windo w is displayed as shown in Figure 18 -6 w ith t he L SP sour ce s and desti natio ns. ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 571

    18-13 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 8 Monito ring MPLS Servic es Working with MPLS-TP Tunnels Figur e 18-6 All Labels T able Step 4 T o ide ntify a sp ecif ic path, click a n outgoin g label in the Sou rce tab le. The c o rrespondin g in labe l is select ed in t he Des tination t able. Viewing MPLS-TE and P 2MP-MPLS- ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 572

    18-14 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 18 Monitoring M PLS Serv ic es Working wit h MPL S -TP T unnels Step 6 In the Link Pr opertie s window , t he type of lin k is displa yed in the Link T ype fie ld, which c an be either MPLS-TE a nd P2MP MP LS-TE based on the link that you ha v e selected. Additio nal de tails abo ut the l ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 573

    18-15 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 8 Monito ring MPLS Servic es Working with MPLS-TP Tunnels Figur e 18-8 L SP Endpoin t Pr operties Wind ow T able 18- 5 describes the information displayed in t h e LSP Endp oint Propertie s windo w . Step 3 T o view LSP endpoint redund ancy status in inv entory , doub le-clic k the ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 574

    18-16 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 18 Monitoring M PLS Serv ic es Working wit h MPL S -TP T unnels Figur e 18-9 L SP End P oints T ab in Logical In ve ntory Applyin g an MPLS -TP Tunn el Overlay Y ou can select and display an ov erlay of a specific MPLS- TP tunnel on top of the de v ices displayed in a map view . Th e over ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 575

    18-17 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 8 Monito ring MPLS Servic es Working with MPLS-TP Tunnels The sea rch cond itio n i s “ cont ains . ” Sear ch stri ngs ar e c ase- in sensi tive. For example, if you ch oose the Na me c ategory a nd e nte r “net, ” Prime Net work V i sion displa ys MPLS -TP t unne ls t hat ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 576

    18-18 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 18 Monitoring M PLS Serv ic es Viewing VPNs Viewing VPNs Figure 18- 11 shows a VPN displa yed in the Pri m e Network V i si on map view . In this example, the VPN is selecte d in the navigation p ane, so t h e VPN deta ils, such as virt ual routers and IP in terf aces, ar e not shown in t ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 577

    18-19 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 8 Monito ring MPLS Servic es Viewing VPNs Figure 18- 12 shows a VPN wi th detail s, inclu ding virtua l routers and sites, in the Prime Net work V ision map view . Figur e 18-12 VPN in Pr ime Networ k Vis ion Map View wi t h VRFs an d Sites The Prime Network V ision navigation pa n ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 578

    18-20 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 18 Monitoring M PLS Serv ic es Viewing VPNs T able 18- 6 shows the VPN icons in the Prime Net work V ision map view . The h ighe st level of the n avigation pa ne di spla ys the ro ot or map n am e. T he branc he s disp lay t h e VPN and aggr egated b usiness elements as well as their na ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 579

    18-21 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 8 Monito ring MPLS Servic es Managing VP Ns Managing VPNs The fol lo wing to pics des cri be: • Creatin g a VPN, pa ge 18- 21 • Adding a V PN t o a M ap, pa ge 18 -2 2 • Remo ving a VPN fr om a Map, pa ge 18- 23 • Moving a V irt ua l Ro uter Be tw een VP Ns , pag e 18 -23 C ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 580

    18-22 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 18 Monitoring M PLS Serv ic es Managing VPNs For more infor mation ab out loa ding the newly create d VPN in the service vi ew map, see Adding a VPN to a Map, p age 18- 22 . Adding a VP N to a Map Y ou c an a dd a VPN to a m a p view if the V PN wa s previously c re ated by a use r or di ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 581

    18-23 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 8 Monito ring MPLS Servic es Managing VP Ns Remov ing a V PN from a M ap Y ou c an rem ov e on e or mo re VP Ns from the cu rrent active ma p. This change d oes no t affect othe r maps. Removing a VPN fro m a map does not remove it from the Prime Net work V ision datab ase. The VPN ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 582

    18-24 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 18 Monitoring M PLS Serv ic es Work ing wi th V P N Ove rlays Working with VPN Overl ays The fol lo wing to pics des cri be: • Applying VPN Overla ys, pa ge 1 8- 24 • Managin g a VPN Overlay D isplay in the M ap V iew , pa ge 18-25 • Displaying V PN Callouts in a VPN Ov erlay , page ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 583

    18-25 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 8 Monito ring MPLS Servic es W orking with VPN Overlays Managing a VPN Overlay Display in the Map Vi ew After a VP N overlay is app lie d t o a m a p, you c a n ma nag e i ts di sp lay by using the overlay tools in the main tool bar: • T o disp lay t he ov erlay , click Show Over ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 584

    18-26 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 18 Monitoring M PLS Serv ic es Monitoring M P LS Se rvices T o disp lay or hide the cal louts : Step 1 In the Pri me Networ k V ision w indo w , displa y the ma p view with t he VPN ove rla y . Step 2 Ri ght-clic k the requi red link i n the map view and choose Show Callouts . Step 3 T o ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 585

    18-27 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 8 Monito ring MPLS Servic es Monitor ing MPLS Services Viewing Site Properties Prime N etwork V ision enab les you to view site properties, inc luding t he interf aces that are conf igured on the PE d evice. The d ispl ayed p roper tie s r eflec t t he co nfigurat ion tha t Prim e ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 586

    18-28 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 18 Monitoring M PLS Serv ic es Monitoring M P LS Se rvices The VRF prop erties window is displayed as shown in Figure 18-14 . Figur e 18-14 VRF Pr operties The V RF Pr opert ie s wi ndow cont ain s the VR F rou t ing ta ble f or t he device. T he t able i s a c oll ecti on of routes tha t ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 587

    18-29 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 8 Monito ring MPLS Servic es Monitor ing MPLS Services IPv6 T ab Export Rou te T argets IPv6 export r oute t argets c onta ine d by the VR F . Import Route T argets IPv 6 i mpor t rout e t argets cont ain ed by the VRF . Route Maps Rout e maps for the VR F . Routin g T ables Destin ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 588

    18-30 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 18 Monitoring M PLS Serv ic es Monitoring M P LS Se rvices Viewing VRF Multicast Con figuration details T o view glob al multicast conf iguration details for a VRF: Step 1 Ri ght-clic k on the requir ed device and selec t In ventory . Step 2 In the In ve ntor y windo w , choos e Logi cal ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 589

    18-31 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 8 Monito ring MPLS Servic es Monitor ing MPLS Services Viewing VRF Egre ss an d In gres s Adjace nts Prime Network V ision enables you to view the exporting and impor ting neighbo rs by displaying the VRF egr es s a nd in gr ess ad ja cen ts . In ad dit ion, you can vi ew the con n ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 590

    18-32 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 18 Monitoring M PLS Serv ic es Monitoring M P LS Se rvices Figur e 18-15 Routing Entity T able T able 18- 12 describes th e informati o n that i s displayed in th e Routing En tity tab le. T able 1 8-12 Routing Entity T able Field Description Name Name of the r o uting e ntity . IP Inter ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 591

    18-33 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 8 Monito ring MPLS Servic es Monitor ing MPLS Services VRRP Group If a VRRP group is conf igured on an I P interf ace, the inform ation is sh own as an IP interf ace property . This option is check ed when a rate limit is def ined on the I P interface . Note Doub le-cli cking a ro ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 592

    18-34 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 18 Monitoring M PLS Serv ic es Monitoring M P LS Se rvices Viewing the ARP Table T o view the ARP table : Step 1 Ri ght- click t h e re quir ed device in Pr ime Ne twork V ision an d cho ose Inv e ntory . Step 2 In th e l og ica l inventory wind ow , choo se Log ical Inv entory > Ro ut ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 593

    18-35 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 8 Monito ring MPLS Servic es Monitor ing MPLS Services T o vie w the NDP table: Step 1 Ri ght- click t h e re quir ed device in Pr ime Ne twork V ision an d cho ose Inv e ntory . Step 2 In th e l og ica l inventory wind ow , choo se Log ical Inv entory > Ro uting Entities > R ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 594

    18-36 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 18 Monitoring M PLS Serv ic es Monitoring M P LS Se rvices Viewing Rate Limit Information T o vie w rate limit informatio n: Step 1 Ri ght- clic k th e requi red elem en t i n Pri me N et work V ision an d cho ose Inv e ntory . Step 2 In th e l og ica l inventory wind ow , choo se Log ica ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 595

    18-37 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 8 Monito ring MPLS Servic es Monitor ing MPLS Services T able 18- 15 describes the information tha t is displayed in the Rate Limits tab of the IP Interf ace Propert ies dialo g box. Viewing VRRP Info rmation V irtual Rout er Redundan cy Protocol (VRRP) is a non-pr oprietary r edun ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 596

    18-38 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 18 Monitoring M PLS Serv ic es Monitoring M P LS Se rvices Figur e 18-1 7 VRRP Pr operties in I P Int erf ace Pr oper ties Windo w T able 18- 16 descr ibe s the in for mat ion in the VRR P Gro ups tab. T able 1 8-16 VRRP Gr oup Prope rtie s Field Description Group Number Number of the VRR ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 597

    18-39 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 8 Monito ring MPLS Servic es Monitor ing MPLS Services Viewing Label Switche d Entity Properties Logical in vento ry can display an y or all of the follo wing tabs for label switched entitie s, depending on the conf iguration: • Label Switch ing T a ble —Describes the MPLS labe ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 598

    18-40 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 18 Monitoring M PLS Serv ic es Monitoring M P LS Se rvices MPLS T E Prop erties Whethe r or no t traff ic engi neering (TE) pr opertie s are configu red on the inte r face : • Chec ked—MPLS TE properties ar e config ured on the i nterface. • Unchec ked—MP LS TE pro perti es are no ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 599

    18-41 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 8 Monito ring MPLS Servic es Monitor ing MPLS Services Out Label Outgoing la b el, if not a ta il segment. A vera ge B andw idt h (K bps) Curr en t ba nd wid th ( in K b/s ) us ed t o auto ma tica lly al loca te the tunnel’ s ba nd width. LSP ID LSP identifier . Burst (Kbps) T un ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 600

    18-42 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 18 Monitoring M PLS Serv ic es Monitoring M P LS Se rvices Step 3 D ouble-c lick an en try in any of the ta bles to view additio nal prope rtie s for that en try . Multicast Label Sw itching (mLADP) Multica st L abel D istri bution pr otoc ol ( mLD P) p rovides extensions to the L ab el D ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 601

    18-43 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 8 Monito ring MPLS Servic es Monitor ing MPLS Services Viewing t he ML DP Neighbors Infor ma ti on T o v iew infor matio n of M LDP nei ghbor s: Step 1 Double-click th e required de vice in Prime Ne twork V ision. Step 2 In th e l og ica l inventory wind ow , choo se Log ical In ve ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 602

    18-44 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 18 Monitoring M PLS Serv ic es Monitoring M P LS Se rvices T able 1 8-20 P eer ID P roper ties Dialo g Box Field Description Peer ID The IP addres s of the MLDP pe er . Capabilities The capabilit ies su pported by the LDP LSR. MLDP GR Indicat es whether g racefu l restart is enab led for ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 603

    18-45 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 8 Monito ring MPLS Servic es Monitor ing MPLS Services Viewing M P-BGP Information The MP-B GP branch displa ys info rmation about a ro uter ’ s BGP neighb ors and cross-conn ect VRFs. Note If there are multiple MP-BGP lin ks between two de vi ces, Prime Netw ork displays each li ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 604

    18-46 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 18 Monitoring M PLS Serv ic es Monitoring M P LS Se rvices Viewing 6 rd Tunnel Prop erties IPv6 rapid deploymen t (6rd) is a me chan ism that allows stateless tu nneling of IPv 6 over IPv4. From Prime Network V isi on 3.8, 6rd is suppor ted on the foll owing de v ices: • Cisco 7600 se r ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 605

    18-47 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 8 Monito ring MPLS Servic es Monitor ing MPLS Services Viewing BF D Session P ropertie s Bidirect ional F orwar ding Detec tion (BFD ) is used to dete ct communic ation f ailures between tw o elem ents, or en dpoin ts, that ar e conn ected by a li nk, s uch a s a virtua l circuit, ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 606

    18-48 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 18 Monitoring M PLS Serv ic es Monitoring M P LS Se rvices Figur e 18-1 9 BFD Session Pr opertie s T able 18- 23 descri bes the in for mation displayed for BFD session s. T a ble 18-23 BFD Sessio n Proper ties Field Description Proces s Proces s na me, su ch a s Bi dir ecti onal Forwardi ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 607

    18-49 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 8 Monito ring MPLS Servic es Monitor ing MPLS Services For MPLS-T P B F D se ssions, the in for mat ion in T a ble 18 -24 is displayed. Step 3 T o view additional properti es, doub le-clic k the requir ed entry in th e Sessio ns table. T able 18- 25 descr ibe s the in for matio n t ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 608

    18-50 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 18 Monitoring M PLS Serv ic es Monitoring M P LS Se rvices Step 2 In th e l og ica l inventory wind ow , choo se Log ical Inv entory > MPB GPs > MPBGP . Step 3 Click the Cross VRFs tab . Step 4 Double-click the r equired e ntry in the list of cross-VRFs. The Cross VRF Pro perti es w ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 609

    18-51 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 8 Monito ring MPLS Servic es Monitor ing MPLS Services T a ble 18-27 Pseu dowir es Br anch T unnel Edg es T able Field Des cripti on Loca l Interfa ce Name of t he subin terfac e or port. Strings, such as Agg regation Group, EFP , VLAN, a nd VSI, are i ncluded in the interface name ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 610

    18-52 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 18 Monitoring M PLS Serv ic es Monitoring M P LS Se rvices Viewing M PLS TE Tu nnel Informa tion Prime Networ k V i sion autom atically di scovers MPLS TE tunnel s and enables yo u to view MPLS TE tunnel in format ion in inv e ntory . T o v iew MPL S T E tunn el in for mat ion: Step 1 Ri ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 611

    18-53 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 8 Monito ring MPLS Servic es Configuri ng VRF The T raffic Engineerin g LSPs tab in the LSEs branch in logic al inv en tory disp lays TE tunne l LSP inform ati on. For details about the i n formation displayed f or TE t u nnel LSPs, see T raff ic Engi neer ing LSPs , page 1 8-4 0 . ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 612

    18-54 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 18 Monitoring M PLS Serv ic es Configuring I P Interface Configuring IP Interface Unless othe rwise not ed, all of th e following comma nds are launc hed by right-cli cking the Routi ng Entities and c hoo sing Comma nds > Configuration . The ta ble belo w lists the IP Interf ace comman ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 613

    18-55 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 8 Monito ring MPLS Servic es C onfigur ing MPLS-T P Note Y o u might be prompted to enter your device access cre dentials while executing a com mand . Once you ha ve entered them, th ese cre dentials will be us ed for e ve ry subs equent e xecuti on of a command i n the same G UI c ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 614

    18-56 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 18 Monitoring M PLS Serv ic es Configuring M PLS-TP Locking/Un locking MPLS-T P Tunn els in Bulk An MPLS-T P network has one or mu ltiple LSPs runn ing between endpoint devices. If you want to shut do wn one of the inte rf aces in the net work, the MP LS-TP pa cket mu st be di vert ed thr ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 615

    18-57 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 8 Monito ring MPLS Servic es Configuring MPLS-TE Configuring MPLS-T E Use the se co mm an ds t o configu re s M PLS - TE o n the router . The table belo w lists the MPLS-TE configurat ion co mman ds and the M PLS -TE suppo rted ne twork el ements . Addit ional c omman ds may be av ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 616

    18-58 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 18 Monitoring M PLS Serv ic es Configuring RSVP Note Y o u might be prompted to enter your device access cre dentials while executing a com mand . Once you ha ve entered them, th ese cre dentials will be us ed for e ve ry subs equent e xecuti on of a command i n the same G UI cli ent sess ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 617

    18-59 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 8 Monito ring MPLS Servic es Configuring BGP Configuring BGP Multipro tocol BGP is a n enhan ced BGP th at carr ies routin g informa tion for m ultiple networ k layer proto cols an d IP multicas t routes . BGP comm ands conf igure the routi ng prot ocol to com municat e with the ot ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 618

    18-60 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 18 Monitoring M PLS Serv ic es Configuring VRRP Configuring VRRP The V irt ual Route r Redunda ncy Protocol ( VRRP) fea ture all o ws for transpa rent fail ov er at the first-hop IP rout er, enabling a gr oup of r oute rs t o f orm a single vir tual rou ter . VRRP Comma nd will be used to ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 619

    18-61 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 8 Monito ring MPLS Servic es Confi guring Bundle Et her net Configuring Bund le Ethern et Configure a bun dle of o ne or more ports to for m a single li nk using bundle eth er net comm an ds. The tab le below lists the Bundle Ethernet configuration co mmand s. Additi onal comma nds ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 620

    18-62 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 18 Monitoring M PLS Serv ic es Configuring B undle Eth erne t ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 621

    CH A P T E R 19-1 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 19 Viewing IP and M PLS Multicast Configurations These topics pr ovide an overview of the I P Multicast te chnolo gy and describe how to view IP and multic ast configurat ions in Prime Network V ision: • IP and MPLS Multic ast Config uration: Overvie w , page 19-1 • User Rol ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 622

    19-2 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 19 Viewing IP and MPLS Mu lticast Configurations User Roles Req uired to View I P and M ulticast Co nfi gu rations User Roles Required to View IP and Multicast Configurations This to pic ident if ies the r oles that are required t o wo rk with I P and M ulticast Su pport. Prime Ne twork de ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 623

    19-3 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 9 Viewin g IP an d MPLS Mult ic ast Configura ti ons Viewing the Multicast Configurations Figu re 1 9-1 M ulti cas t Conten t Pane T able 19- 2 describes the fie lds that are displayed in the Route Policies tab . T a ble 19-2 Rout e P olicies T ab Field Name Descriptio n Name The na ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 624

    19-4 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 19 Viewing IP and MPLS Mu lticast Configurations Viewing the Mul ti cas t Configuration s Viewing Multicast Protocols The foll o wing Multic ast proto cols are a vail able in Pr ime Netw ork: • Address Family (IPv4 )—See V iewing the Addr ess Family (IPv4) Profile, pag e 19-4 . • Add ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 625

    19-5 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 9 Viewin g IP an d MPLS Mult ic ast Configura ti ons Viewing the Multicast Configurations Viewing the Address Family (IPv6) Profil e T o vie w the Addre ss Famil y (IPv6) pro f ile : Step 1 Ri ght-clic k on the requi red device and ch oose the In ventory option. Step 2 In the Inv en ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 626

    19-6 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 19 Viewing IP and MPLS Mu lticast Configurations Viewing the Mul ti cas t Configuration s Ther e are three vers ions of IG MP: • IGMP V ers ion 1 • IGMP V ers ion 2 • IGMP V ers ion 3 T o vie w the IGMP profile : Step 1 Ri ght-clic k on the requi red device and ch oose the In ventory ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 627

    19-7 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 9 Viewin g IP an d MPLS Mult ic ast Configura ti ons Viewing the Multicast Configurations Viewing the PIM Pro file PIM is a family of mult icast routi ng protoc ols for Inter net Protoco l (IP) networks that provide one-to- many and many -to-man y distributio n of data ov er a LAN, ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 628

    19-8 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 19 Viewing IP and MPLS Mu lticast Configurations Viewing the Mul ti cas t Configuration s IP Address The IP addr ess of the interf ace. VRF The name of the VRF associated to the interf ace. This is a link, which when c lic ked w ill ta ke you t o the re levant record u nde r th e VRF node. ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 629

    19-9 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 1 9 Viewin g IP an d MPLS Mult ic ast Configura ti ons Viewing the Multicast Configurations To p o l o g y Ta b Source Address The IP address of the s ource of the mul ticast ent ry . I n case th e IP addr ess is not av a ilable , a “*” or 0.0. 0.0 is displa yed here. Group Addres ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 630

    19-10 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 19 Viewing IP and MPLS Mu lticast Configurations Viewing the Mul ti cas t Configuration s Multicast Label Switching Prime Network provides multicast support for MP LS se rv ices. For more information on multicast label switching, see Multica st Label Switching (mLAD P), page 18-42 . Multi ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 631

    CH A P T E R 20-1 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 20 Monitoring MToP Se rvices The foll o wing topics d escribe Mo bile T ransport ove r Pa cket (MT oP) services and the properties av aila ble in Cisco Pri me Network V ision (Prime N etwork V i sion): • User Rol es Required t o W ork with M T oP , page 20-1 • V iewing SA T o ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 632

    20-2 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapt e r 20 Moni toring MT oP Serv i ces Viewing SATo P Pse udowire Ty pe in Logical In ve ntory The fol lo wing table s identify the task s that y ou can perform: • T able 20- 1 identif ies the tasks t hat you can pe rform if a select ed elemen t is not in one of y our assig ne d s cop es . ? ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 633

    20-3 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 0 Monito ring MToP Serv ices Viewin g CESoPSN P seudowir e Type in Logical Invent ory Figur e 20-1 SA T oP Pseudo wire T ype in Logical Inv entory Step 4 T o view the physical in ventory for th e port, cli ck the hype rtext port link . Viewing CESoPSN Pseudowire Type in Logica l Inv ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 634

    20-4 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapt e r 20 Moni toring MT oP Serv i ces Viewing CESoPSN Pseu dowire Type i n Lo gical Inven tor y T o v iew TDM pr ope rtie s f or Ci rcui t E mul ati on (C EM ) groups i n Pri me N et work V i sion: Step 1 In Prime Networ k V ision, ri ght-cli ck the device on whi ch CESoPSN is co nfigured, th ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 635

    20-5 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 0 Monito ring MToP Serv ices Viewing Virtual Connection Properties Viewing Virtual Connec tion Properties The follo wing topics desc ribe ho w to vie w properties rel ated to v irtual conn ections: • V iewing A TM V irtual Co nnec tion C ross- Con nects, page 20-6 • V iewing A T ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 636

    20-6 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapt e r 20 Moni toring MT oP Serv i ces Viewing Virtual Conn ection Prop ert ies Viewing ATM Vir t ual C onne ction Cr os s-Co nnec ts A TM ne twor ks are based on v irtua l co nne ct ions over a hig h-ban dw idt h me dium . By using cross-co nnects t o interc onnect virtua l path o r virt ua l ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 637

    20-7 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 0 Monito ring MToP Serv ices Viewing Virtual Connection Properties T o v iew A T M virtua l c on ne ction c ross -c onnec ts : Step 1 In Prime Networ k V ision, ri ght-cli ck the re quired de vice, then c hoose Inventory . Step 2 Open the VC Cross Connect table in either of the foll ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 638

    20-8 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapt e r 20 Moni toring MT oP Serv i ces Viewing Virtual Conn ection Prop ert ies T able 20-3 A TM Vir tual Connecti on Cr oss-Conne ct Proper ties Field Description In Port Incomin g port for th e cross- connec t. In VC In comin g virtua l connec tion fo r the cross- connect . Y ou can vie w add ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 639

    20-9 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 0 Monito ring MToP Serv ices Viewing Virtual Connection Properties T a ble 20-4 V irtua l Connection T raf fic Descr ipt ors Va lue Description ABR A va ilable bit rate (ABR) supports nonreal- time applica tions that tolerate high cell d ela y , an d c an ada pt ce ll r ate s a cco ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 640

    20-10 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapt e r 20 Moni toring MT oP Serv i ces Viewing Virtual Conn ection Prop ert ies Viewing AT M VPI and V CI Properties If you know the i nte rface or l ink configur ed for vi rtua l c onn ecti on cross -c onnec ts, you can view A TM VPI and VCI propertie s from the physic al inv en tory window o ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 641

    20-11 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 0 Monito ring MToP Serv ices Viewing Virtual Connection Properties Viewing E ncapsulatio n Information T o v iew virt ual c onnec ti on en capsu lat ion i nfo rmat ion : Step 1 In Prime Net work V ision , double- click th e eleme nt co nfigured for virt ual conn ection en capsu lat ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 642

    20-12 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapt e r 20 Moni toring MT oP Serv i ces Viewing Virtual Conn ection Prop ert ies Figur e 20-6 V C Enca psulation Pr opertie s T able 20- 6 describes the informatio n displayed in the VC Encapsulat ion windo w . T a ble 20-6 V C Enca psulation Pr opertie s Field Description VC V ir tual connecti ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 643

    20-13 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 0 Monito ring MToP Serv ices Viewing IMA Group Pro perties Viewing IMA Group Properti es T o v iew IMA gr oup pr operti es: Step 1 In Prime Networ k V ision, dou ble-cl ick the re quired device. Step 2 In the in ventory win dow , choose Logical Inv entory > IMA Groups > gr ou ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 644

    20-14 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapt e r 20 Moni toring MT oP Serv i ces Viewing IMA G roup Properties Descri pti on IMA gr oup i nte rface name . Frame L engt h Length of t he I M A gr oup tra nsm it fram es, in the n umb er of c e lls: 32, 64, 128, or 256 . A small frame leng th causes more o verhe ad but loses less data if ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 645

    20-15 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 0 Monito ring MToP Serv ices Viewing IMA Group Pro perties T able 20- 8 describes th e informa tion displaye d in the IMA Memb ers table. Step 3 In th e I MA Me mb ers t abl e, cli ck a hype rlinked po rt e nt ry t o view the po rt p rop er ties i n p hysical in ve ntory . See Figu ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 646

    20-16 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapt e r 20 Moni toring MT oP Serv i ces View ing TD M Pro pertie s Figur e 20-8 A TM IMA P ort in Ph ysical In vent ory Viewing TDM Properties TDM is a mech anism for combin ing tw o or more slo wer-s peed data stream s into a single hi gh-speed communica tion chan nel. In this model, data from ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 647

    20-17 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 0 Monito ring MToP Serv ices Viewing Channelization Properties MT oP encapsulat es TDM stream s for de li ver y ov er pa cket -switch ing netw orks (PSNs ) using the follo wing m ethods: • SA T o P—A met hod for en ca psulat ing TD M b it- stre ams ( T1 , E1 , T 3, or E3) as ps ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 648

    20-18 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapt e r 20 Moni toring MT oP Serv i ces Viewing Chann eli z at io n Properties Viewing SO NET/SDH Chan neliza tion Prope rties SONET and SD H use the same c oncept s for chan neliza tion, but the term inology differs. T able 20- 10 describe s the eq uiv alent terms for SONET and SDH chann eliza ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 649

    20-19 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 0 Monito ring MToP Serv ices Viewing Channelization Properties T able 20- 11 descr ib es th e in for mat ion tha t i s d ispl ayed for SON ET/ SDH a nd OC3 i n the co nten t pa ne . Step 3 T o view additio nal info rmat ion about a channe lized pat h, dou ble-cl ick th e requir ed ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 650

    20-20 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapt e r 20 Moni toring MT oP Serv i ces Viewing Chann eli z at io n Properties Figur e 20-1 0 SONET/SDH High Or der P ath Pro perties Windo w T able 20- 12 descr ibe s the in forma tion displ ayed in SONE T/SDH High O rder Path Prope rtie s wi ndow . T able 20-12 SONET/SDH High Or der P a th Pr ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 651

    20-21 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 0 Monito ring MToP Serv ices Viewing Channelization Properties Viewing T 3 DS1 and DS 3 Channe lization Properties T o v iew T3 DS 1 an d D S3 ch an ne liza tio n p rop er ties : Step 1 In Prime Networ k V ision, ri ght-cli ck the re quired de vice, then c hoose Inventory . Step 2 ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 652

    20-22 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapt e r 20 Moni toring MT oP Serv i ces Viewing Chann eli z at io n Properties Figur e 20-1 1 T3 DS1 Channeliz ation Pr operties in Physical Invent ory T able 20- 13 descri bes the infor mation that is displaye d for Channe lized DS1 and DS3 in the con tent pane. T able 20-13 Channeliz ed DS1 a ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 653

    20-23 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 0 Monito ring MToP Serv ices Viewing Channelization Properties Step 3 T o view additio nal info rmati on about a DS 1channe lized pa th, dou ble-cl ick the re quired entry in t he Channeli zed DS1 tabl e. Figure 20- 12 shows the infor mation that is displayed in the Cha nnelized DS ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 654

    20-24 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapt e r 20 Moni toring MT oP Serv i ces Viewing Chann eli z at io n Properties Figur e 20-12 Channe lized DS1 PDH Pr operties Windo w T able 20- 14 describes the information that is displayed in the Channelized DS1 PDH Properties windo w . T able 20-14 Channeliz ed DS1 PDH Pr operties Wind ow F ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 655

    20-25 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 0 Monito ring MToP Serv ices Viewing Channelization Properties Alarm State Alarm stat e of the DS1 line: • Clear— T he a lar m st ate i s cle ar . • AIS—Alarm I ndic ation Sign al (AIS) . • LOS—Lo s s o f s ig na l (L O S) al arm . • AIS_LOS—AIS loss of signal alarm ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 656

    20-26 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapt e r 20 Moni toring MT oP Serv i ces Viewing MLPPP Properties Viewing MLPPP Properties Multilink PPP (MLPPP) is a protocol that connects multiple links betwee n two systems a s needed to provide bandwidth when needed. MLPPP packets are fragm e n ted, and the fragments are sent at the same ti ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 657

    20-27 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 0 Monito ring MToP Serv ices View ing ML PPP Prop ertie s T able 20- 15 descri bes the informa tion that is displayed for ML PPP . Step 3 T o view properties for individual MLPPP bundles, do uble-click the hyp erlinked entry in the ML PPP Bundle table. The MLPPP Properties window i ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 658

    20-28 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapt e r 20 Moni toring MT oP Serv i ces Viewing MLPPP Properties T able 20- 16 describes the informati o n that is di splayed in the MLPPP Pr operties window . T a ble 20-16 M LPPP Bundle and Me mber Prope rties Field Description MLPPP MLPPP bundle name, hyperlinked to MLPPP in logical in vento ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 659

    20-29 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 0 Monito ring MToP Serv ices Viewing ML PPP Link P roper ties Step 4 T o view the inte rface pr opertie s in phy sical i n v entory , double-cl ick th e requ ired e ntry i n the ID co lumn. Viewing MLPPP Link Properties An MLPPP link is a link that connects two MLPPP devices. T o v ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 660

    20-30 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapt e r 20 Moni toring MT oP Serv i ces Viewing MLPPP Link Properties Step 3 In the link properties window , select the MLPPP link. T he link pr operties are displayed as shown in Figure 20- 16 . Figur e 20-16 MLPPP Link Pr operties T able 20- 17 describes the informati o n that is displayed fo ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 661

    20-31 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 0 Monito ring MToP Serv ices Viewin g MPLS Pseu dowire over GRE P roper ties Viewing MPLS Pseudowire over GRE Properties Generic rou ting enca psulatio n (GRE) is a tunn eling prot ocol, orig inated by Cisco System s and standa rdized in RFC 2784. GRE encapsul ates a variety of net ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 662

    20-32 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapt e r 20 Moni toring MT oP Serv i ces Viewing MPLS Pseudowi re over GRE Prop erties T able 20- 18 describes th e informati o n inclu ded in th e T unnel Edges table specif ically for MPLS pseudowire tunnels over GRE. Step 4 T o view GRE T u nnel p rop erti es, c hoo se Logical In ventory > ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 663

    20-33 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 0 Monito ring MToP Serv ices Viewin g MPLS Pseu dowire over GRE P roper ties Figur e 20-18 GRE T unnel Prop erties in Logic al Inv entory T able 20- 19 descr i bes the in for mat ion that is disp laye d for G RE tu nnel s in l ogical inventory . T able 20-1 9 GRE T unnel Prop ertie ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 664

    20-34 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapt e r 20 Moni toring MT oP Serv i ces Network Cloc k Service Over view Network Clock Service Overview Network cl ock servi ce ref ers to the means by whic h a clock si gnal is generat ed or derived and dist ributed through a network a nd its ind i vidual nodes for the purp ose of en suring sy ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 665

    20-35 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 0 Monito ring MToP Serv ices N e twork Clock Se rvice Over v i ew Figur e 20-19 Cloc k Service Pr oper ties T able 20- 20 descri bes the infor mation displ ayed for c locking ser vice. T able 20-20 Cloc k Service Pr opertie s Field Description Clock Se rvic e M od e T his fiel d is ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 666

    20-36 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapt e r 20 Moni toring MT oP Serv i ces Network Cloc k Service Over view Monitoring PTP Service In networks that employ TDM , periodic synchroni zation of device cloc ks is require d to ensure tha t the recei ving de vice kno ws which channe l is which for ac curate reassem bly of the data st r ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 667

    20-37 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 0 Monito ring MToP Serv ices N e twork Clock Se rvice Over v i ew T o monitor PTP service: Step 1 In Prime Networ k V ision, ri ght-cli ck the re quired de vice, then c hoose Inventory . Step 2 In the inv entory w ind ow , c ho ose Lo gical In ventory > Clock > PTP Ser vice . ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 668

    20-38 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapt e r 20 Moni toring MT oP Serv i ces Network Cloc k Service Over view T a ble 20-21 PTP Service Pr operties Field Description PTP Mod e Mode o f PTP operat ion: • Boundary —B ounda ry clo ck m ode . • E2E T ranspar ent—End-to-end trans parent c lock mode. • Ordin ary— Ordin ar y ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 669

    20-39 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 0 Monito ring MToP Serv ices N e twork Clock Se rvice Over v i ew Delay Request Inter v al (log mea n valu e ) When the interf ace is in PTP master mode, the interv al specif ied to member devices for d elay re quest mess ag es. T he inte rvals use ba se 2 values, as follows: • 4 ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 670

    20-40 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapt e r 20 Moni toring MT oP Serv i ces Network Cloc k Service Over view Sync Int erv al (log mean v alue) Interval for sending PTP synchr onization messages: • 4—1 pa cket every 16 secon ds. • 3—1 pa cket every 8 sec ond s. • 2—1 pa cket every 4 sec ond s. • 1—1 pa cket every 2 ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 671

    20-41 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 0 Monito ring MToP Serv ices N e twork Clock Se rvice Over v i ew Viewing Ps eudowire Clock Reco very Prop erties T o v iew pse udowire cloc k re covery p rop ert ies : Step 1 Cho ose L ogical In vent ory > Cl ock > Pseudowire Clock Recovery . Prime Net work V ision di splays ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 672

    20-42 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapt e r 20 Moni toring MT oP Serv i ces Network Cloc k Service Over view Step 3 T o view additional CEM gro up propert ies, dou ble-cli ck the re quired CEM group. T able 20- 23 descr i bes the in for mat ion displ ayed in th e CE M G roup Prop er ties win dow . T able 20-22 Vir tual CEM G ro u ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 673

    20-43 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 0 Monito ring MToP Serv ices N e twork Clock Se rvice Over v i ew Step 4 T o vie w recov ered clock entries, c lick the Recov ered Clock Entries ta b . See Figure 20 -22 . If no recov ered clock entries exist, this tab is not displayed. T a ble 20-23 CEM Gr oup Prop erties Field De ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 674

    20-44 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapt e r 20 Moni toring MT oP Serv i ces Network Cloc k Service Over view Figu re 20-22 Pseudowire Clo ck Recovery - Recovered Clock E ntries T ab T able 20- 24 descri bes the infor mation di splayed for pseudowire clock rec overy . T ab le 20- 24 P se udowire Clo ck Recovery P roperties Field D ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 675

    20-45 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 0 Monito ring MToP Serv ices N e twork Clock Se rvice Over v i ew Viewing Sy ncE Pro perties W i th Ether net equi pment gra dually repl acing SON ET and SDH equipme nt in serv ice-provider n etworks, freque ncy synchron ization i s requi red to pr ovide high-q uality clock synchro ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 676

    20-46 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapt e r 20 Moni toring MT oP Serv i ces Network Cloc k Service Over view Figur e 20-23 S yncE Pr operties in Logical I nvent ory T able 20- 25 descri bes the infor mation that is displayed for SyncE. T a ble 20-25 SyncE P rop ertie s Field Description Synchro nou s Mod e Sta tus of t he a utom ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 677

    20-47 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 0 Monito ring MToP Serv ices N e twork Clock Se rvice Over v i ew SyncE In terf aces T able Inte rface Name Na me of the Gigabit or 10 Gigabit inter face associ ated with Sync E. If SyncE is not associat ed with a Gigabit or 10 Gigabi t interface , this f ield contains Interna l . ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 678

    20-48 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapt e r 20 Moni toring MT oP Serv i ces Network Cloc k Service Over view Applying a N etwork C lock Serv ice Ove rlay A service o v erlay al lo ws you to isol ate the parts of a network that are being u sed by a particular service. This infor mation can then be used for trouble shooting. F o r ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 679

    20-49 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 0 Monito ring MToP Serv ices Viewing CEM and Vir tual CE M Prop ertie s Figu re 20-24 Network Clock Ser v ice Overlay Example In addition, the elem ents confi gured for clocking service displa y a clock service icon as in the follo wing example: Note An overlay is a snapsh ot t ake ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 680

    20-50 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapt e r 20 Moni toring MT oP Serv i ces Viewing CEM and Virtua l CEM Propert ies Viewing CE M Interfaces T o v iew CEM in terfa ce s: Step 1 In Prime Networ k V ision, dou ble-cl ick the re quired device. Step 2 In the inventory wind ow , c hoose Physic al I n ventory > C hassis > slo t & ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 681

    20-51 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 0 Monito ring MToP Serv ices Viewing CEM and Vir tual CE M Prop ertie s Viewing CEM Gro ups on Physical Interfaces When you con figure a CEM group on a physic al interfac e, the CEM gro up properti es are displaye d in physical i n vento ry for th at inter face. T o v iew CEM g rou ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 682

    20-52 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapt e r 20 Moni toring MT oP Serv i ces Viewing CEM and Virtua l CEM Propert ies Figur e 20-27 CEM G ro up Pr oper ties Windo w See T a ble 1 8-27 on pa ge 18-51 for the properties disp layed in the Pse udowire table in the CEM Gro up Properties windo w . Viewing CEM Gro ups on Virtual CEM Int ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 683

    20-53 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 0 Monito ring MToP Serv ices Configuring SONET Figur e 20-28 CEM G ro up Pr oper ties Step 4 T o view additional CEM gro up propert ies, dou ble-cli ck the re quired CEM group. T able 20- 23 descr i bes the in for mat ion displ ayed in th e CE M G roup Prop er ties win dow . Config ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 684

    20-54 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapt e r 20 Moni toring MT oP Serv i ces Configuring SO NE T Note Y o u might be prompted to enter your device access cre dentials while executing a com mand . Once you ha ve entered them, th ese cre dentials will be us ed for e ve ry subs equent e xecuti on of a command i n the same G UI cli en ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 685

    20-55 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 0 Monito ring MToP Serv ices Config urin g Cloc k Configuring Cl ock W i th Ether net equi pment gra dually repl acing SON ET and SDH equipme nt in serv ice-provider n etworks, freque ncy synchron ization i s requi red to pr ovide high-q uality clock synchroniz ation over Ethe rnet ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 686

    20-56 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapt e r 20 Moni toring MT oP Serv i ces Configuring Cl ock Command Navigation Description Create PT P Clock Global (For ASR 90 1/903 ) Right-c li ck Clock node > Commands > Configuration > (For ASR 90 00) Right-c li ck Clock node > Commands > Configuration > PTP > Identify ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 687

    20-57 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 0 Monito ring MToP Serv ices Configuring TDM and Channeliza tion Configuring TDM and Channel iza tion The tab le below lists the TDM and SON ET/SDH ch annel ization co nfiguration c ommands a nd navigation for the command s. These comma nds can be launched from the physica l in ven ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 688

    20-58 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapt e r 20 Moni toring MT oP Serv i ces Configuring TD M and Chann elization Note Y o u might be prompted to enter your device access cre dentials while executing a com mand . Once you ha ve entered them, th ese cre dentials will be us ed for e ve ry subs equent e xecuti on of a command i n the ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 689

    20-59 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 0 Monito ring MToP Serv ices Configuring Automatic Protection Sw itching (APS ) Configuring Automatic Protecti on Switching (APS ) APS ref ers to the mechanism of u sing a protect interfa ce in the SON ET netw ork as th e bac kup for working interface . W hen the working int erface ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 690

    20-60 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapt e r 20 Moni toring MT oP Serv i ces Configuring A ut om at ic Protection Sw itchi ng (APS ) Y ou might be prompt ed to ent er your device access credent ials whi le ex ecutin g a command . Once you ha ve entered them, th ese cre dentials will be us ed for e ve ry subs equent e xecuti on of ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 691

    CH A P T E R 21-1 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 21 Viewing and Managing SBCs This chap ter iden tifies and desc ribes the prope rties fo r Sessio n Border Controlle rs (SBCs) that appear in Cis co Pri m e N etwork V ision ( Pri me N et work V i sion) log ica l i nv e ntory . It also d escribe s comm an ds you ca n run t o ma n ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 692

    21-2 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapte r 21 Viewi ng and Managing SB Cs User Roles Req uired to View SBC Prop erties • V iewing SBC Statistics, page 21-13 • Conf igur ing SBC Com ponents , pag e 21- 14 User Roles Required to View SBC Properties This topic identif ies the GUI default permission or scope security le ve l that ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 693

    21-3 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 21 Viewin g and Managing SB Cs Viewin g SBC Properti es in Logi cal In ventory Viewing SBC Properties in Logi cal Inventory T o vie w SBC properties in Prime Netw ork V ision logical in ventory , right-click th e element conf igured for SB C, the n cho ose Inv entory > Logical In v ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 694

    21-4 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapte r 21 Viewi ng and Managing SB Cs Viewing SBC DBE Properties Viewing SBC DBE Properties The DBE control s media pa cket access to the netw ork, pro vides dif ferentiate d servi ces and Qo S for differen t me di a s tr ea ms, an d p revents se rvic e th eft . T o v iew SBC DBE p roper ties , ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 695

    21-5 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 21 Viewin g and Managing SB Cs Viewing S BC SBE P roperties Viewing VD BE H.248 Prop erties T o v iew VDBE H. 248 prope rti es, ch oose Logic al I n ventory > Se ssion B ord er Contr o ller > DB E > VDBE . T able 21- 6 describes the VDBE H.248 pro perti es that are displaye d ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 696

    21-6 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapte r 21 Viewi ng and Managing SB Cs Viewing SBC SBE Propertie s Viewing AAA Properties For de vices that support local and remote billing, th e SBC can send billing records to a AAA serv er using the RA DIUS prot ocol . T o vie w AAA properties, ch oose Logical In ventory > Session Border C ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 697

    21-7 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 21 Viewin g and Managing SB Cs Viewing S BC SBE P roperties Viewing H.2 48 Properties The H. 248 in terfa ce is used fo r sign aling b etween an SBE an d a DBE in di strib uted mode a n d between an SBE a nd a t ranscoding media ga te way . The SBE or SB C acts as an H.2 48 MGC, and t ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 698

    21-8 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapte r 21 Viewi ng and Managing SB Cs Viewing SBC SBE Propertie s T a ble 21 -1 0 P olicy Pr oper ties Bran ch Des cripti on Blacklist The Blacklists table contains the follo wing information: • Name— T he bla ck list na me. • T ype—The type of source that this blacklist a p plies to, su ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 699

    21-9 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 21 Viewin g and Managing SB Cs Viewing S BC SBE P roperties Cur ren t Blacklisting The Current Blackli stings table con tains the follo wing information: • T y pe—The type of source this blacklist applies t o . Blacklists are used to block certai n V o IP services that meet specif ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 700

    21-10 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapte r 21 Viewi ng and Managing SB Cs Viewing SBC SBE Propertie s Viewing SIP Properties T o vi ew SIP prop ert ies, c hoo se Logical Inventory > Session Border Controller > SIP . T able 21- 11 describes the SIP entries that appear in logica l in ventory for the SBC SBE. QoS Prof ile QoS ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 701

    21-11 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 21 Viewin g and Managing SB Cs Viewing S BC SBE P roperties T a ble 21 -1 1 SIP Pr operties Bran ch Des criptio n SIP Acco unt The SBE A ccount table cont ains the fol lowing inform ation: • Name—Th e nam e of the account asso ciated with the adjacencies. • Adjace ncies—The i ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 702

    21-12 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapte r 21 Viewi ng and Managing SB Cs Viewing SBC SBE Propertie s SIP Profile >  Method Prof ile The SIP Me thod Profiles table c ontains th e following inform ation : • Name—T he name of the SIP met hod profile. • Status—Whe ther or not the prof ile is in use. • Profile T ype? ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 703

    21-13 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 21 Viewin g and Managing SB Cs View ing SBC Statisti cs Viewing SBC Statistics The fo llowing commands ca n be launche d from the in ventor y by right-cli cking an SBC nod e and select ing Com mands . The table belo w lists the SBC conf iguration commands. Additio nal command s may b ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 704

    21-14 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapte r 21 Viewi ng and Managing SB Cs Configuring SB C Comp onents Configuring SBC Compon ents The fo llowing com ma nds ca n be l aunc hed fr om the log ica l i nv e ntory by rig ht -cl ickin g t he Session Border Co ntroller n ode. Befor e executing any com mands, you c an preview them and vi ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 705

    21-15 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 21 Viewin g and Managing SB Cs Configuring SBC Components Add SIP Adjacenc y Right -clic k the SBC node > Commands > Add > SIP Adja cenc y Add an SIP adja cency or update an existing SIP ad jacency . Update SIP Adjacency Delete SIP Adjacency In the SIP Ad jacenc ies wind ow ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 706

    21-16 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapte r 21 Viewi ng and Managing SB Cs Configuring SB C Comp onents Add SIP Header Pr ofile Condition Expan d th e SB E nod e, S IP no de, and SIP Prof ile node, a nd cli ck the Header Prof i le node > dou ble- cli ck a he ad er pr ofile to op en the SIP H eade r Pr ofile P r operti es win do ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 707

    21-17 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 21 Viewin g and Managing SB Cs Configuring SBC Components Add Blacklist Reason Right-clic k the blacklist instance > Comma nds > Add > Blacklist Reason Add, mod ify , or del ete a blac klist reason for the bla ckliste d node in SBC. Update Blacklist Reason Delete Blacklist R ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 708

    21-18 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapte r 21 Viewi ng and Managing SB Cs Configuring SB C Comp onents Add Call P olicy T able In the Cal l P olicy Se t window , right-clic k the policy se t > Commands > Add > Call Po l i c y T a b l e Add, mod ify , or del ete call po licy tables Update Call Policy T able Delete Call P ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 709

    21-19 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 21 Viewin g and Managing SB Cs Configuring SBC Components Add QoS Prof ile Right-clic k the SBE node > Commands > Add > QoS Profile Configure QoS p rofile on a SBE node Update QoS Profi le Delete QoS Pr of ile Right-c lic k the pr of ile in the QoS Pr ofile windo w > Comm ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 710

    21-20 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapte r 21 Viewi ng and Managing SB Cs Configuring SB C Comp onents ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 711

    CH A P T E R 22-1 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 22 Monitoring AAA Configurations AAA ref ers to Authenticat ion, Authorizati on, and Accounti n g, which is a security ar chitec ture for distrib uted systems that deter mines the access gi ven to users for specif ic services and the amount of resources they hav e used. • Authe ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 712

    22-2 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 22 Monitori ng AAA Configuration s View ing AAA C onf igur ati ons in Pr ime Netw ork V isi on Viewing AAA Configurations in Prime Network Vision Prime Ne twork a ll ows you to view the AAA con figurati ons for C isco AS R9000 an d C isco ASR50 00 series network elemen ts. This t opic con ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 713

    22-3 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 2 Moni to ring AAA Conf igurations Viewin g AAA Configuration s in Prime Network Vis ion Viewing Dynamic Au thorization Profile T o v iew the dyn am i c au t horiz atio n p rofile: Step 1 Ri ght-clic k on the requi red device and ch oose the In ventory option. Step 2 In the In ve nt ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 714

    22-4 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 22 Monitori ng AAA Configuration s View ing AAA C onf igur ati ons in Pr ime Netw ork V isi on Viewing Ra dius Global Con figuration D etails T o v iew the ra dius glob al c on figurat ion de tail s: Step 1 Ri ght-clic k on the requi red device and ch oose the In ventory option. Step 2 In ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 715

    22-5 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 2 Moni to ring AAA Conf igurations Viewin g AAA Configuration s in Prime Network Vis ion Viewing AAA Grou p Co nfigur atio n Detai l s For a Cisco ASR5000 d e v ice, Prime Network V ision al lows you to view the following co nfigurations for an AAA group: • Diame ter Co nf igurati ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 716

    22-6 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 22 Monitori ng AAA Configuration s View ing AAA C onf igur ati ons in Pr ime Netw ork V isi on Viewing Diam eter Configuration Detai ls for an AAA Group T o v iew the dia mete r c onfigurat ion d eta ils fo r a AAA g ro up: Step 1 Ri ght-clic k on the requi red device and ch oose the In ve ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 717

    22-7 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 2 Moni to ring AAA Conf igurations Viewin g AAA Configuration s in Prime Network Vis ion Viewing Radius C onfiguration Details for an AAA Group T o view the radi us configurati on detail s for an AAA group: Step 1 Ri ght-clic k on the requi red device and ch oose the In ventory opti ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 718

    22-8 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 22 Monitori ng AAA Configuration s View ing AAA C onf igur ati ons in Pr ime Netw ork V isi on T able 22- 8 describes the radius acco unting conf iguration deta ils. T able 22-8 Radius A ccounting Configur ation Field Name Description Server Selecti o n Algorithm The a lgorithm to selec t ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 719

    22-9 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 2 Moni to ring AAA Conf igurations Viewin g AAA Configuration s in Prime Network Vis ion Viewing the Radius Keepalive and Detect De ad Server Configuration De tails for an AAA Group T o v iew the ra dius acc oun tin g/au then t icat ion Keep alive and D etec t D ead Ser ver C onfigu ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 720

    22-10 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 22 Monitori ng AAA Configuration s View ing AAA C onf igur ati ons in Pr ime Netw ork V isi on Viewing the Charging Conf iguration Details for an AAA Group T o vie w th e radius char ging confi guration details for an AAA gr oup: Step 1 Ri ght-clic k on the requi red device and ch oose th ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 721

    22-11 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 2 Moni to ring AAA Conf igurations Viewin g AAA Configuration s in Prime Network Vis ion Viewing the Charging Trig ger Conf iguration Details for an AAA Group T o view the radi us chargin g trigger co nfigurati on detail s for an AAA group: Step 1 Ri ght-clic k on the requi red dev ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 722

    22-12 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 22 Monitori ng AAA Configuration s Configuring A AA Groups Configuring AAA Group s The fo llo wing commands ca n be launche d from the in ventor y by choosing AAA Gr oup > Commands > Configuration . The ta ble below lists AAA Gro up configurat ion comm ands. Ad ditiona l comman ds m ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 723

    22-13 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 2 Moni to ring AAA Conf igurations Configuring AAA Groups Command Navigation Description Crea te Diameter Acc ounti ng Server Ri ght- click on AAA gr oup > Commands > Conf iguratio n Use this co mmand to create a ne w diameter accoun ting serv er . Crea te Diameter A uthentic ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 724

    22-14 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 22 Monitori ng AAA Configuration s Configuring A AA Groups ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 725

    CH A P T E R 23-1 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 23 Monitoring IP Pools An IP pool is a seque ntial rang e of IP addre sses withi n a certain ne twork. W e can have multiple pool configurati ons. Ea ch pool ca n have a priorit y and can be assigned to a gro up. IP addre sse s ca n be a ssigne d dyna m ical ly f rom a sin gl e p ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 726

    23-2 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 23 M onitoring IP Po o ls Step 3 Ri ght- clic k on an I P poo l na me and ch oose Proper ties . The IP Pool P roper ties dia log b ox is disp laye d as sh own i n Figur e 23-1 . Figur e 23-1 IP Pool Proper ties T able 23- 2 descri b es th e fields tha t a re d isp lay ed i n the IP Pool Pr ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 727

    23-3 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 3 Monito ring IP Pools Modifying and Deleting IP Pools The fol lowing comma nds can be l aunched f rom the in vento ry by right- clicking on an I P poo l name and choosin g Commands > Conf ig uration . The tab le below lists the IP Pool c onfiguration commands . Ad ditiona l comm ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 728

    23-4 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 23 M onitoring IP Po o ls Note Y o u might be prompted to enter your device access cre dentials while executing a com mand . Once you ha ve entered them, th ese cre dentials will be us ed for e ve ry subs equent e xecuti on of a command i n the same G UI cli ent sessi on. I f you want t o ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 729

    CH A P T E R 24-1 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 24 Monitoring BNG Configurations These t op ics p rovide a n overview of the Bro adba nd Ne twork Gat eway (BNG) te ch nology an d de scri be how to monitor and view BNG c onfiguratio ns in Prime Netwo rk V ision: • Broadba nd Network Ga tew ay (BNG): Overview , pa ge 24-1 • ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 730

    24-2 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 24 Monitoring BNG Co nfigurations User R oles Req uire d to Wo r k Wit h BN G The ne twork t opo logy for BN G ca n be expl ain ed us in g th e foll owing m odel s: • BNG Retail M odel—The su bscriber connects to the networ k o ver a digital subscriber l ine (DSL) circuit in to a D SL ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 731

    24-3 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 4 Moni to ring BNG Conf igu rations Working with BNG Configurations Working with BNG Con figurations This t opic con t ains the fol lowing s ectio ns: • V iew Broadband Ac cess (BBA) Groups , p age 24- 3 • V ie w Subscriber Access Poin ts, page 24-5 • Diagno se Su bscrib er Ac ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 732

    24-4 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 24 Monitoring BNG Co nfigurations Working wit h BNG Conf igu rations Figur e 24-2 BBA Gr oups Cont ent P ane Step 3 Ri ght-clic k on a group fr om the list and choose Prop ertie s . The BBA Group Propertie s dialog box is displayed. T able 24- 2 descri bes the fields t hat are disp lay ed ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 733

    24-5 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 4 Moni to ring BNG Conf igu rations Working with BNG Configurations View Subs criber Access Po ints Subscri ber access points refe r to the acc ess int erfac es that are name d based on the pa rent interf ace. F or example, bundle-eth er 2.10 0.pppo e312. T he sub scribe rs on bundl ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 734

    24-6 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 24 Monitoring BNG Co nfigurations Working wit h BNG Conf igu rations Diagnose S ubscriber Acc ess Points The fol lowing comm ands ca n be l a unched from t he inv e ntory by ri ght-c l icking t he B NG > Subscr iber Access Points node and selec ting the Commands > Dia gnose optio n . ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 735

    24-7 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 4 Moni to ring BNG Conf igu rations Working with BNG Configurations View Dynamic Host Co nfiguration Protocol (DHCP ) Service Profile DHCP i s u sed to a utoma te host configu ratio n by a ssigni ng I P a ddr esses, d elegating pr efixes (in IPv6), and provid ing extensive configura ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 736

    24-8 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 24 Monitoring BNG Co nfigurations Working wit h BNG Conf igu rations Figur e 24-3 DHCP P ro files Step 3 Right-click on a se r vice fr om the list and choose Propertie s . Th e DHC P Pro file Prope rtie s dia log bo x is displaye d. T able 24- 5 describ es the fields t hat are d isp layed ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 737

    24-9 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 4 Moni to ring BNG Conf igu rations Working with BNG Configurations View Dyna mic Config Temp lates A dyna mic te mpla te is us ed to gro up co nfigurati on item s, wh ich are la ter a ppli ed to a g rou p o f subscr ibers. Th is templ ate is glo bally c onfigured thr ough the co mm ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 738

    24-10 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 24 Monitoring BNG Co nfigurations Working wit h BNG Conf igu rations Prime Networ k supports the fol lowing types of dynam ic templa tes: • IP subs criber tem plates • PPP templates • Service te mplates T o view the conf iguration templates: Step 1 Ri ght-clic k on the device an d c ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 739

    24-11 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 4 Moni to ring BNG Conf igu rations Working with BNG Configurations T a ble 24-6 T emplate Pr opert ies Field Name Descriptio n Name The name of the subscrib er template. T emplate T ype The temp late type , which ca n be IP Subscriber , PPP or Serv ice ba sed on t he selecte d tem ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 740

    24-12 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 24 Monitoring BNG Co nfigurations Working wit h BNG Conf igu rations Viewing the Settings for a PP P Template In add ition to the abo ve details, you can also vi ew the follo wing settings for a PPP template: • IPCP Settings • LCP Settings • Authentic ation Settin gs • PPP T imeou ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 741

    24-13 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 4 Moni to ring BNG Conf igu rations Viewi ng Pol icy Co ntai ne r Viewing Policy Container The Polic y Container node in the logical in ventory list s all th e a vailable service groups and ser vice policies t hat are associ ated with ser vice tem plates, BBA groups, and subscriber ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 742

    24-14 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 24 Monitoring BNG Co nfigurations Viewing Policy Contain er Step 3 Click the Po l ic y Gro u p tab . A list of existin g groups are di splaye d. Step 4 Ri ght-clic k on a group fr om the list and choose Prop ertie s . The Poli cy Group Proper ties di alog box is displayed. T able 24- 8 de ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 743

    24-15 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 4 Moni to ring BNG Conf igu rations Viewi ng Pol icy Co ntai ne r Step 5 Right-click on a policy from the Poli cies list and choose Propertie s . The Service P olicy Prop erties dial og box i s displa yed. T able 24- 9 des cribe s the field s that are displ ayed in the Se rvice P o ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 744

    24-16 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 24 Monitoring BNG Co nfigurations Viewing QoS Profile Viewing QoS Profile QoS or Q uality of services is the t echnique of prior itizing tra ff ic flo ws and specifyin g prefe rences for forwar ding pack ets with higher priority . The QoS node in the logical in vento ry lists all the serv ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 745

    24-17 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 4 Moni to ring BNG Conf igu rations Viewing QoS Profile T a ble 24-1 0 Class of Servic es Pr operties Field Name Descriptio n Name The name of th e class of servic e. T ype The type of the clas s of serv ice. V alues are: • Control Subscrib er • QoS • Tr a f f i c Matching Co ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 746

    24-18 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 24 Monitoring BNG Co nfigurations Viewing QoS Profile ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 747

    CH A P T E R 25-1 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 25 Monitoring Mobile Technolo gies The following topics provide a n ov erview of mobile technol ogies and de scribe how to work with mobil e technolog ies in Prime Netwo rk V ision: • User Rol es Required t o W ork with M obile T echn ologies , page 25-1 • GPRS /UMTS Netw ork ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 748

    25-2 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 25 Monitoring Mobile T echnologies User Roles Req uired to Work with Mobile Tec hnologie s T able 25-1 Def ault P er mission/Secur ity Lev el Requir ed for V iewing GGSN, GTPU , and APN Pr oper ties - Elem ent Not in U ser’ s Scope T ask View er Operato r OperatorP lus Config urato r Adm ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 749

    25-3 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 5 Moni to rin g Mobile Te chn ologies User Roles Required to Work with Mob ile Technolo gies V ie wing the ePDG conf iguration details —— — — X V iewing the PDSN co nfiguration details —— — — X V iew in g the Local Mobility Anchor conf ig uration —— — — X T a ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 750

    25-4 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 25 Monitoring Mobile T echnologies GPRS/UMTS Networks GPRS/UMTS Networks These topi cs de scri be h ow to use Prime Ne twork to m ana ge G PRS/U MT S networ ks: • Overview of GPRS/UMTS Ne tworks, pag e 25-4 • W orkin g W it h GPRS/UMT S Network T echnologie s, page 25-6 Overview o f GP ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 751

    25-5 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 5 Moni to rin g Mobile Te chn ologies GPRS/UMTS Networks Figur e 25-1 Ba sic GPR S/UMTS Netw ork T opology The GPRS /UMTS p acket core compris es tw o maj or networ k el ements: • Gateway GPRS supp ort node (G GSN)— A gateway that provides m obile ce ll phone users acc e ss to a ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 752

    25-6 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 25 Monitoring Mobile T echnologies GPRS/UMTS Networks Figur e 25-2 Mobile T echnol ogy Nodes i n Logical In vent ory Working With GPRS/UMT S Ne twork Tech nologie s The fol lo w ing topi cs ex plain ho w to wo rk with GPRS/U MTS network tech nologie s in Prim e Netwo rk Vi s i o n : • W ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 753

    25-7 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 5 Moni to rin g Mobile Te chn ologies GPRS/UMTS Networks In addi tion, to p roviding basic GGSN func tionali ty as desc ribed above, the syst em can b e configured to support Mo bil e IP and/ or Proxy Mo bile IP data appli c ations in order to provide m obility for subscr iber IP PD ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 754

    25-8 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 25 Monitoring Mobile T echnologies GPRS/UMTS Networks If the GGSN is associated with SGSNs an d Public Land Mobile Networks (PLM Ns), you can vie w the details from the respec ti ve tabs fo r that GGSN. T able 25- 4 describe s the SGSN and PLMN inform ation ass ociated wit h the GGSN. View ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 755

    25-9 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 5 Moni to rin g Mobile Te chn ologies GPRS/UMTS Networks Step 5 U nder the GGSN node , ch oose Timers and QoS to vie w the pr operties on th e right pane. See T ab le 25-6 for more details on the T im ers and QoS parameters con fig ured for the GGSN. T able 25-5 GGS N Char ging Char ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 756

    25-10 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 25 Monitoring Mobile T echnologies GPRS/UMTS Networks GGSN Commands The fo llowing c om mands ca n be la unc hed fr om t he i nv e ntor y by r ight -cl ick ing a GG SN a nd c hoo sing GGSN > Commands > Configuration. The tab le below lists the GGSN configuratio n commands . Additio ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 757

    25-11 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 5 Moni to rin g Mobile Te chn ologies GPRS/UMTS Networks Working with the GPRS Tun neling Protocol User Plane (GTPU) The GGSN co mmunic ates with SGSNs on a Pub lic Land Mo bile Network (PLM N) using the GPRS T unn eli ng Proto col (GT P). T he si gn alin g or c on trol a spe ct of ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 758

    25-12 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 25 Monitoring Mobile T echnologies GPRS/UMTS Networks GTPU Commands The fo llowing c om mands ca n be la unc hed fr om t he i nv e ntor y by r ight -cl ick ing a GT PU a nd choo sing Commands > Configurat ion. The tab le below lists the GT PU configurati on comm ands. Add itional comm ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 759

    25-13 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 5 Moni to rin g Mobile Te chn ologies GPRS/UMTS Networks Working with Access Point Names (APNs) APN is t he access point name tha t is con figured in th e GGSN c onfigurations. The GG SN’ s APN suppor t offers the foll owing be nefits: • Extensi ve parameter config uration fle ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 760

    25-14 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 25 Monitoring Mobile T echnologies GPRS/UMTS Networks • IP: Method for IP address allocatio n (e.g., local all o cation by GGSN, Mo bile IP , Dynamic Host Control Pr otocol ( DHCP), DHCP re lay , etc.). I P address rang es, with o r witho ut overlapping ranges across APNs. • T unnelin ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 761

    25-15 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 5 Moni to rin g Mobile Te chn ologies GPRS/UMTS Networks Step 3 T o vie w additional details conf igured for the APN, use t he follo wing tabs: • V irtual APNs —A virtual APN is a non -physical entity that repre se nts an access point that does not itself provide dir ect acc es ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 762

    25-16 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 25 Monitoring Mobile T echnologies GPRS/UMTS Networks Rule Def inition T he virtual APN rule def inition can be one of the follo wing: • access- gw-address —Speci fies the acc ess gateway (SGSN/SGW/Others ) addres s for the vi rtual APN. The IP ad dress can be an IPv4 or IPv6 address ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 763

    25-17 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 5 Moni to rin g Mobile Te chn ologies GPRS/UMTS Networks Committed Data Rate The committed data ra te allo wed, in bytes, for the do wnlink direction and QoS traf fic class . Negotiat e Limit Indicates whe ther nego tiation lim it is enabled or disabled for the do wnlink direction ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 764

    25-18 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 25 Monitoring Mobile T echnologies GPRS/UMTS Networks Viewing A ddit ional Char act eristics of an AP N T o vi ew additi onal char act eris tics of an AP N: Step 1 Ri ght- click t h e re quir ed device in Pr ime Ne twork V ision an d cho ose Inv e ntory . Step 2 In th e l og ica l invento ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 765

    25-19 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 5 Moni to rin g Mobile Te chn ologies GPRS/UMTS Networks • Net BIOS —Repr esents the N etBIOS server co nfiguration use d by the APN. • PDP Contexts Pa rameters —Represents the PDP contexts supporte d by the APN. • PPP Profile —Represents t he PPP prof ile used b y the ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 766

    25-20 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 25 Monitoring Mobile T echnologies GPRS/UMTS Networks IP Parameters In Ac cess G roup T he nam e of the IPv4 /IPv6 acc ess group f or the AP N w hen co nfigured fo r inbou nd traff ic. Out Acce ss Gro up The nam e of the IPv4 /IPv6 ac cess gr oup for t he A PN whe n co nfigur ed fo r outb ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 767

    25-21 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 5 Moni to rin g Mobile Te chn ologies GPRS/UMTS Networks Mobile Node Home Agent SPI The mobile node Securi ty Param eter Ind ex (SPI) configure d for th e APN. V alue i s an integer betw een 256 and 429 496729 5. Mobile Node Home Agent Hash Alg orithm The encryptio n algor ithm use ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 768

    25-22 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 25 Monitoring Mobile T echnologies GPRS/UMTS Networks APN Commands The fo llowing commands ca n be launche d from the in ventor y by right-cli cking an A PN and choosi ng Commands > Configurat ion . Long Du ratio n Ma ximum dur ation , in seconds, be fore the system automa ticall y rep ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 769

    25-23 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 5 Moni to rin g Mobile Te chn ologies GPRS/UMTS Networks The table b elo w lists the APN commands. Additiona l commands may be a va ilable for y our de vices. New comm ands are oft en provide d in Prime N etwork Device Package s, whi ch can be downloade d from th e Prime Netwo rk s ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 770

    25-24 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 25 Monitoring Mobile T echnologies GPRS/UMTS Networks Prime Netwo rk prov ides support on gat hering the GTPP acco unting setup details that are conf ig ured in the mobile gatewa y for tr ansferring th e dif ferent type s of CDRs from char ging a gent to a GT PP server or acc ou nti ng se ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 771

    25-25 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 5 Moni to rin g Mobile Te chn ologies GPRS/UMTS Networks Viewing A ddit ional Char act eristics of a GTP P T o v iew additi on al char act eri stic s of a GTP P: Step 1 Ri ght- click t h e re quir ed device in Pr ime Ne twork V ision an d cho ose Inv e ntory . Step 2 In th e l og i ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 772

    25-26 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 25 Monitoring Mobile T echnologies GPRS/UMTS Networks T a ble 25-15 GTPP Char act er istics Field Description Account ing Server Fa ilure D etection Detect Dead Serv er Consecuti ve F ailures Nu mber of failur es that coul d occur be fore mark ing a CGF as dead (d own). Dead Serv er Suppr ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 773

    25-27 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 5 Moni to rin g Mobile Te chn ologies GPRS/UMTS Networks Indicat ors Indicat es whethe r the follo wing CDR attr ibu tes are enable d or not: • PDP T ype • PDP Address • Dyna mic F lag • Diagnostics • Node ID • Charging Charact eristic Selection Mo de • Local Record S ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 774

    25-28 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 25 Monitoring Mobile T echnologies GPRS/UMTS Networks IP Addr ess IP addres s of the char ging agen t. Port Port of the cha rging agen t. EGCDR Da ta Gen er ation Conf igur atio n Service In terv al The vo lume octet counts for the generati on of t he interi m eG-CDRs to servic e data flo ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 775

    25-29 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 5 Moni to rin g Mobile Te chn ologies GPRS/UMTS Networks GTPP Commands The fo llowing c om mands ca n be la unche d from t he inventory by right-c li ckin g a GTPP a nd choo sing Commands > Configurat ion or Commands > Show . The tabl e below li s ts the GTPP com mands. Addit ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 776

    25-30 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 25 Monitoring Mobile T echnologies GPRS/UMTS Networks Working with the Evolved GPS Tunnelin g Protocol (eGTP) Evolved GPRS Tunneling Prot ocol ( EGT P) for mul at es t he pr ima ry bea re r pl an e pro t ocol wit hin an L TE/EPC architecture. It provides support for tunn el management inc ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 777

    25-31 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 5 Moni to rin g Mobile Te chn ologies GPRS/UMTS Networks Viewing eG TP Properties Prime Networ k V i sion displays t he EGTPs in an EGT P container under the Mobile node in the logical in ventory . The icon used for r epresentin g EGTPs in the logical in ventory is exp lained in Lo ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 778

    25-32 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 25 Monitoring Mobile T echnologies GPRS/UMTS Networks Before executing any comma nds, you can pr e view them and view the results. If desired, you can also schedul e the co mmand s. T o find o ut if a device sup ports th ese c ommands, see the Cisco Prime Network 4.0 Supp orted C isco VN ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 779

    25-33 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 5 Moni to rin g Mobile Te chn ologies GPRS/UMTS Networks Step 2 In th e l og ica l inventory wind ow , choo se Log ical Inv entory > Cont ext > Mobile > SGSN . The SGSN services conf igured in Prime Ne twork are d isplayed in the co ntent pane as sho wn in the f ollo wing ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 780

    25-34 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 25 Monitoring Mobile T echnologies GPRS/UMTS Networks Asso ci a ted S G TP Service The name o f the STGP service and its co nte xt assoc iated to the SGSN service. This ser vice is represented in the follo wing format: <SGTP Service Name>@<SGT P Service Conte xt> Asso ci a ted ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 781

    25-35 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 5 Moni to rin g Mobile Te chn ologies GPRS/UMTS Networks Dns Israu MCC-M NC-Encodi ng The form at of the MCC and MNC v alues in the DNS quer y sent dur ing the Inter -SGSN RA U (ISRA U), which can be an y one of the follo wing: • decima l • hexadecimal Account ing CD R T ypes T ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 782

    25-36 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 25 Monitoring Mobile T echnologies GPRS/UMTS Networks Network Gl obal M M E ID M a nagem e nt D B Indicates whether th e SGSN service is associ ated to the Net work Global MMEID Manage ment Database, which in turn is conf igured on the L TE policy . T ai Managemen t DB Indicat es whether ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 783

    25-37 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 5 Moni to rin g Mobile Te chn ologies GPRS/UMTS Networks Viewing SG SN Service P r operti es Y ou can al so view the following configuration de tails for SGSN service: • GPRS Mobility Management —GPRS Mobility Management ( GMM) is a GPRS sig naling protocol that handles m obili ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 784

    25-38 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 25 Monitoring Mobile T echnologies GPRS/UMTS Networks NRI Properties T o vie w the NRI Properties for an SGSN service : Step 1 Ri ght- click t h e re quir ed device in Pr ime Ne twork V ision an d cho ose Inv e ntory . Perform Id entity Afte r Auth Indicat es wh ether th e SGSN ser vice i ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 785

    25-39 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 5 Moni to rin g Mobile Te chn ologies GPRS/UMTS Networks Step 2 In th e l og ica l inventory wind ow , choo se Log ical Inv entory > Cont ext > Mobile > SGSN > NRI Propertie s . The NRI properties are di s played in the content pa ne. T able 25- 21 descri bes the NRI Pr ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 786

    25-40 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 25 Monitoring Mobile T echnologies LTE Netwo rks LTE Networks These topi cs desc ribe h ow to use Pr ime N etwo rk t o mon itor L T E ne twork s and t echn ologie s: • Overview of L TE Network s, page 25-40 • W orkin g with L TE Network T echnol ogies, page 25-41 Overvie w of LTE Netw ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 787

    25-41 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 5 Moni to rin g Mobile Te chn ologies LTE Networks Figur e 25-3 Ba sic L TE Networ k T opolog y Working with LT E Networ k Techno logies The E-UTR AN uses a sim plif ied single node ar chitectu re consisti ng of the eNodeBs (E -UTRAN Node B). The eN B comm unicate s with the Ev olv ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 788

    25-42 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 25 Monitoring Mobile T echnologies LTE Netwo rks • V iewing the Local Mob ility Anc hor Configurati on (LMA), pa ge 25-106 Monitoring System Architecture Evolutio n Networks (SAE-GW) Systems Arc hitectur e Evolution (SA E) has a f lat all- IP archi tecture w ith separa tion of co ntrol ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 789

    25-43 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 5 Moni to rin g Mobile Te chn ologies LTE Networks Step 1 Ri ght- click t h e re quir ed device in Pr ime Ne twork V ision an d cho ose Inv e ntory . Step 2 In th e l og ica l inventory wind ow , choo se Log ical Inv entory > Cont ext > Mobile > SAE- GW Co ntainer . Prime ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 790

    25-44 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 25 Monitoring Mobile T echnologies LTE Netwo rks Working with PDN-Gat eways (P-GW) A PDN Gate way (P-GW) is the node that terminates the SGi inter face to wards the PDN. If a user equipment (UE) is accessing multiple PDNs, th ere may be mor e than one P-GW for that UE. The P-G W prov ides ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 791

    25-45 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 5 Moni to rin g Mobile Te chn ologies LTE Networks Step 3 If the P-GW is asso ciated wit h PLMN s, you can vie w the details o f the P LMNs on c licking th e specif i ed P-GW . P-GW Co mmands The fo llowing commands ca n be launche d from the in ventor y by right-cli cking a P-GW a ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 792

    25-46 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 25 Monitoring Mobile T echnologies LTE Netwo rks Working with Serving Gatew ay (S-GW) In a L ong T erm Evoluti on (L TE ) / Syste ms Arc hitec ture E volution (SA E) n etwo rk, a Serv ing Gat eway (S-GW) ac ts a s a de marc ati on poi nt be tw een the Ra dio Acc ess N et work (R AN) a nd ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 793

    25-47 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 5 Moni to rin g Mobile Te chn ologies LTE Networks Step 3 If the S-GW is associated with PLM Ns, you can vie w the PLMN entries o n clicking the specif ied S- GW . S-GW Co mmands The fo llowing com ma nds ca n be l aunc he d fr om the inventory by right -cl ick ing a n S-W and ch o ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 794

    25-48 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 25 Monitoring Mobile T echnologies LTE Netwo rks Note Y o u might be prompted to enter your device access cre dentials while executing a com mand . Once you ha ve entered them, th ese cre dentials will be us ed for e ve ry subs equent e xecuti on of a command i n the same G UI cli ent ses ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 795

    25-49 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 5 Moni to rin g Mobile Te chn ologies LTE Networks Viewing Layer 2 Tunnel Access Conce ntrator Configurations (LAC ) In comp ut er n etwor king , Laye r 2 T unnel ing Protoc ol (L 2T P) is a tunn el ing pr otoc ol u sed to sup por t virtual private networks (V PNs) or as p ar t of ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 796

    25-50 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 25 Monitoring Mobile T echnologies LTE Netwo rks The pac kets that are ex changed within an L2 TP tunnel can be cate gorized as cont rol pack ets and data packets. T o view the LA C conf iguration details: Step 1 Ri ght- click t h e re quir ed device in Pr ime Ne twork V ision an d cho os ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 797

    25-51 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 5 Moni to rin g Mobile Te chn ologies LTE Networks T able 25-30 LAC Con figuration Detail s Field Description Service Name The unique identif ication string for the LA C service. Status The status of the LAC service, which ca n be any one of the following: • Initiated • Running ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 798

    25-52 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 25 Monitoring Mobile T echnologies LTE Netwo rks T unnel Selection K ey The selection ke y to create tunn els between the L2TP ser vice and the LNS server , based on the v a lue of the u2015Tunnel-Server-Auth-ID u2016 attrib ute r eceiv ed from the AAA se rver . New Call Policy The new ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 799

    25-53 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 5 Moni to rin g Mobile Te chn ologies LTE Networks Monitoring the HRPD Serv ing Gateway (HSGW) The HRPD Ser vin g Gate way (HSGW) is a co mponent in t h e e volv ed High R ate P acke t Data ( eHRPD) mobile netw ork. It is a n e v olutio n option for CDMA op erators t hat helps ensu ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 800

    25-54 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 25 Monitoring Mobile T echnologies LTE Netwo rks • IPv6 SLACC, genera ting R As respo ndi ng t o RSs An HSGW also establishes, maintains and ter minates link layer sessions to UEs. The HSGW functiona lity pro vides interwork ing of the UE with the 3GPP EPS architec ture and p rotocols. ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 801

    25-55 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 5 Moni to rin g Mobile Te chn ologies LTE Networks The A uthen ticat ion features sup por ted by H SGW a re: • EAP ov er PPP • UE an d HS GW negot iate s EA P a s th e au then tic at ion p roto co l dur ing LC P • HSGW is th e EAP auth en tica tor • EAP-AKA ’ (truste d no ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 802

    25-56 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 25 Monitoring Mobile T echnologies LTE Netwo rks Figur e 25-7 HSGW Se rvice Details T able 25- 31 displays the HSGW service details. T able 25-31 HSGW Service de tails Field Description Name T he name of the HSGW se rvice. Status The statu s of th e ser vice, which can be an y one of the ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 803

    25-57 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 5 Moni to rin g Mobile Te chn ologies LTE Networks Y ou ca n also view the following co nfiguration de tails for a HSGW servi ce: Setup Timeout The ma ximu m am oun t of time ( in sec ond s) allowed for se ssion setu p. Context Re ten tio n Ti m e o u t The maxi mum n um be r of ti ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 804

    25-58 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 25 Monitoring Mobile T echnologies LTE Netwo rks • A10/A11 P ropert ies—Th e A10/ A11 interfa ce (also known as R-P interfac e for RAN- to-PD SN) supports the A10 protocol fo r user data transpo rt between the PCF and PDSN, and the A11 protocol for th e ass o cia ted s ign al in g. A1 ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 805

    25-59 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 5 Moni to rin g Mobile Te chn ologies LTE Networks Viewi n g the GRE Paramete rs T o vie w the GRE Pa r ameters for the HSGW serv ice: Step 1 Ri ght- click t h e re quir ed device in Pr ime Ne twork V ision an d cho ose Inv e ntory . Step 2 In th e l og ica l inventory wind ow , ch ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 806

    25-60 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 25 Monitoring Mobile T echnologies LTE Netwo rks Viewing the IP Source Violation Details T o view the IP source V iolati on configurat ion detail s: Step 1 Ri ght- click t h e re quir ed device in Pr ime Ne twork V ision an d cho ose Inv e ntory . Step 2 In th e l og ica l inventory wind ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 807

    25-61 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 5 Moni to rin g Mobile Te chn ologies LTE Networks Configur at ion Commands for HSGW The HS GW comma nds allow you to configure H SGW servic es in your ne twork. Pleas e note that the se comman ds are available only for Ci sco ASR 5000 Mobil e devices. Thes e comman ds can be launc ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 808

    25-62 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 25 Monitoring Mobile T echnologies LTE Netwo rks Viewing t he MA G Configuration f or HSGW A Mobile Access Gate way (MA G) performs mobility-rela ted signal ing on behalf of the mobile nodes (MN) att ached to its ac cess l inks. MA G is the access r outer f or the MN; th at is, th e MA G ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 809

    25-63 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 5 Moni to rin g Mobile Te chn ologies LTE Networks Step 1 Ri ght- click t h e re quir ed device in Pr ime Ne twork V ision an d cho ose Inv e ntory . Step 2 In th e l og ica l inventory wind ow , choo se Log ical Inv entory > Cont ext > Mobile > MA G > MA G service . Th ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 810

    25-64 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 25 Monitoring Mobile T echnologies LTE Netwo rks Viewing t he P r ofile-Q C I Mappi ng D etails Y o u can view the configured map ping entrie s between a Re ndezvous Point (RP) QoS Profile and the L TE QoS Class Index (QCI). A QCI is a scalar that i s used a s a ref erence to acces s node ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 811

    25-65 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 5 Moni to rin g Mobile Te chn ologies LTE Networks The tab le below lists the MA G co mman ds. Addit ional commands may be available for your devices. New commands a re often provided in Prime N etwork Device Pack ages, which c an be downloade d from the Prime Netwo rk softw are do ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 812

    25-66 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 25 Monitoring Mobile T echnologies LTE Netwo rks When a mob ile node m oves out of the home net wo rk, the HA still mana ge s to deliver the packets to the mobile no de. This is done by in teracting with th e F oreign Ag ent (F A) that the mobile node is communi cating with u sing t he Mo ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 813

    25-67 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 5 Moni to rin g Mobile Te chn ologies LTE Networks Figu re 25-9 Home Agent Ser vic e D eta ils T able 25- 39 displays t he Home A gent serv ice details. T ab le 2 5-39 H ome Agent S ervi ce De ta il s Field Description Service Name The n ame o f the h ome a gent ser vice. Sta tus T ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 814

    25-68 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 25 Monitoring Mobile T echnologies LTE Netwo rks Force UDP T unnel Indica tes wheth er HA would accept re quests when Networ k Address T r anslation (N A T) is not detected b ut the Force bit is set in the Registration Request (RRQ) with the UDP T unnel Request. Simult aneous B indings T ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 815

    25-69 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 5 Moni to rin g Mobile Te chn ologies LTE Networks Viewing the AA A Configuration for Home Ag ent Service In order to support Packet Data Serving Node (PDSN), F A, and HA functionality , the system must be conf igured with at lea st one source conte xt and at least two destin ation ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 816

    25-70 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 25 Monitoring Mobile T echnologies LTE Netwo rks Viewing the GRE Configuration for Home Agent Servic e T o view the GRE conf iguration: Step 1 In th e l og ica l inventory wind ow , choo se Log ical Inv entory > Cont ext > Mobile > Home Agent > Home a gent service > GRE . T ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 817

    25-71 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 5 Moni to rin g Mobile Te chn ologies LTE Networks T able 25- 42 displays th e Policy configuration for a home agent service . Viewing the Registration Revoc ation Details for a H ome Agent Service T o vie w the Registra tion re voca tion configuration de tails: Step 1 In th e l og ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 818

    25-72 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 25 Monitoring Mobile T echnologies LTE Netwo rks Monitoring the Foreign Agent (FA) A Foreign Age nt ( F A) is ba sical ly a r oute r on a mobi le no de’ s visi ted n etwor k th at provid es rout ing services t o th e mo bile nod e. T he F A ac ts a s a med i ator b etwee n the mobi le n ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 819

    25-73 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 5 Moni to rin g Mobile Te chn ologies LTE Networks Figur e 25-1 1 For eign Ag ent Service Details T able 25- 44 displays t he Fo reign Ag ent conf iguration de tails. T able 25-44 F A Configuration Details Field Description Service Name The un ique nam e to id entify th e F A servi ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 820

    25-74 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 25 Monitoring Mobile T echnologies LTE Netwo rks A11 Signalling Pa ckets IP H e ad er D SCP The Dif ferential Ser vice Code Poi nt (DSCP) v alue in the IP header . This value can range betwe en 0x0 an d 0x3F , an d default s to 0x0F . Note The Dif ferentiated Ser vices (DS) f ield of a pa ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 821

    25-75 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 5 Moni to rin g Mobile Te chn ologies LTE Networks Y o u can a lso vie w the follo wing confi g uration details for a F oreign Agent serv ice: • Adver tisement—F oreign agents adver tise their prese nce on their attach ed links b y periodically multicas ting or broadcasting mes ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 822

    25-76 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 25 Monitoring Mobile T echnologies LTE Netwo rks Viewing the Authentication Co nfiguration Details T o vie w the Authentic ation conf iguration d etails for a for eign agent: Step 1 Ri ght- click t h e re quir ed device in Pr ime Ne twork V ision an d cho ose Inv e ntory . Step 2 In th e ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 823

    25-77 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 5 Moni to rin g Mobile Te chn ologies LTE Networks Viewing the GRE Configuration Details T o vie w the Generic Routing Enca p sulation (GRE) conf iguration detail s for a foreign agent: Step 1 Ri ght- click t h e re quir ed device in Pr ime Ne twork V ision an d cho ose Inv e ntory ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 824

    25-78 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 25 Monitoring Mobile T echnologies LTE Netwo rks Viewing the HA Co nfiguration Details T o vie w the HA config uration detai ls for a foreign agent: Step 1 Ri ght- click t h e re quir ed device in Pr ime Ne twork V ision an d cho ose Inv e ntory . Step 2 In th e l og ica l inventory wind ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 825

    25-79 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 5 Moni to rin g Mobile Te chn ologies LTE Networks Viewing the Proxy Mobile IP Configuration Details T o view the Prox y Mobil e IP configurati on detail s for a forei gn agen t: Step 1 Ri ght- click t h e re quir ed device in Pr ime Ne twork V ision an d cho ose Inv e ntory . Step ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 826

    25-80 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 25 Monitoring Mobile T echnologies LTE Netwo rks Viewing the Registration Revoc ation Configuration Details T o view the Registratio n Rev ocation config uration details for a foreig n agent: Step 1 Ri ght- click t h e re quir ed device in Pr ime Ne twork V ision an d cho ose Inv e ntory ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 827

    25-81 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 5 Moni to rin g Mobile Te chn ologies LTE Networks Configur at ion Commands f or For eign Agent T o enable Mobile IP se rvices on your networ k, you must de termine whic h home agent s will f acilitate t he tunnelin g for selecte d IP addre ss, and where these de vices or r outer w ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 828

    25-82 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 25 Monitoring Mobile T echnologies LTE Netwo rks Crea te SP I Expand FA node > ri ght- click F A ser vic e > Commands > Configurat ion Use thi s command to co nf igure Security Paramete r Index (S PI) f or a fo re ign ag en t service. Modify SPI Delete SP I Expa nd FA nod e > ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 829

    25-83 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 5 Moni to rin g Mobile Te chn ologies LTE Networks Monitoring Evolved Packet Data Gateway (ePDG) In today’ s market, there are multiple access netw orks for mobile technologies. F or example, the following access networ ks are av ailable for 3rd Genera tion Partner ship Project ( ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 830

    25-84 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 25 Monitoring Mobile T echnologies LTE Netwo rks IP Secur it y (IPSec) Intern et Protoc ol Secur ity or IPSec is a prot ocol su ite that in ter acts w ith one ano th er to pr ovide se cure priv at e communi cations acr oss IP networks. Th ese protoco ls allow the system to est ablish and ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 831

    25-85 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 5 Moni to rin g Mobile Te chn ologies LTE Networks Figur e 25-13 Crypt o T emplate De tails T able 25- 52 displays t he Crypto te mplate detail s . T able 25-52 Crypto T emplat e Details Field Des cripti on T emplate Name The unique name of the templa te. Control Don’ t Fragment ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 832

    25-86 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 25 Monitoring Mobile T echnologies LTE Netwo rks Notif y Payload - Half Open Session Start The in itia l c ount of t he n umb er o f half -op en se ssions pe r IPSe c mana ger . T ransmission of information will start only when the number o f half-open sessions c urre ntly o pen exc eed t ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 833

    25-87 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 5 Moni to rin g Mobile Te chn ologies LTE Networks Viewing the EAP Profile D etails T o vie w the EAP Prof ile details: Rekey Indi cates wh ether IPSec Child Securit y Associat ion rekeying must be enabled, af ter appr oximate ly 90% of the ch ild SA lifetime has expi red. Rekey Ke ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 834

    25-88 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 25 Monitoring Mobile T echnologies LTE Netwo rks Step 1 Ri ght- click t h e re quir ed device in Pr ime Ne twork V ision an d cho ose Inv e ntory . Step 2 In th e l og ica l inventory wind ow , choo se Log ical In ventory > C ontext > Se curity Assoc iation > EAP Prof ile. The li ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 835

    25-89 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 5 Moni to rin g Mobile Te chn ologies LTE Networks T a ble 25-54 IKEv2 IPSec T ransf or m Set/IKEv2 T ra nsf orm se t Details Field Des cripti on Name The name of the transform set. DH Gr oup The D iff ie -Hellm an (DH ) group for the transfo rm set, w hich can be any one of th e f ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 836

    25-90 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 25 Monitoring Mobile T echnologies LTE Netwo rks Viewing t he e PDG Configurati on Details T o vie w the ePDG conf ig uration details: Step 1 Ri ght- click t h e re quir ed device in Pr ime Ne twork V ision an d cho ose Inv e ntory . Step 2 In th e l og ica l inventory wind ow , choo se L ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 837

    25-91 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 5 Moni to rin g Mobile Te chn ologies LTE Networks T able 25-55 EPDG Service De tails Field Description Servi ce N ame The uniqu e na me o f th e ePDG s er vice. Status The status of the ePD G service, which can be any one of the following: • Initiated • Running • Down • St ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 838

    25-92 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 25 Monitoring Mobile T echnologies LTE Netwo rks Configur at ion Commands for ePDG The ePDG comman ds allo w you to conf igure ePDG services in your netwo rk. Please note that these comman ds are available only for Ci sco ASR 5000 Mobil e devices. Thes e comman ds can be launche d from th ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 839

    25-93 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 5 Moni to rin g Mobile Te chn ologies LTE Networks PDSN Con figurations The fo llowing paragrap hs list the differen t configura tions for PDSN : • Simple IP—I n this p rotocol, the mobi le user i s assigned a n IP addr ess dynam ically . The u ser can use this IP ad dress with ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 840

    25-94 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 25 Monitoring Mobile T echnologies LTE Netwo rks • Proxy Mobile IP—This pro tocol pro vides a mobility solution for subscr ibers whose mobile nod es do not sup por t the M obil e IP pr otoc ol. On be half of th e m obile nod e, PD SN prox ies the M obile IP tunnel w ith the HA. In tu ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 841

    25-95 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 5 Moni to rin g Mobile Te chn ologies LTE Networks T able 25-57 PDSN Service Deta ils Field Description Servi ce Name The unique na me of the PD SN servic e. Status The statu s of the PDSN servi ce, which ca n be any one of th e follo wing: • Initiated • Running • Down • St ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 842

    25-96 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 25 Monitoring Mobile T echnologies LTE Netwo rks Y ou can al so view the following configurati on details for a PDSN service: • GRE • IP Source V iola tion • MSID • PCF • Polic y • PPP • QoS • Re gistra tio ns • T imers an d Restr ictions Viewing the GRE Configuration De ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 843

    25-97 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 5 Moni to rin g Mobile Te chn ologies LTE Networks T able 25-58 GRE Configur ation Details Field Description Check sum Indic ates wh eth er the C he cksum field is a ppli cab le for ou tgoi ng G RE packets.By de fault, this opt ion is disable d. Checksu m V erify Indicat es whet he ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 844

    25-98 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 25 Monitoring Mobile T echnologies LTE Netwo rks Viewing the IP Source Violation Details A Source viola tion occur s when a mo bile device source s packets to the PDSN wit h a IP address th at is different from t he one specified during setup. U sing this feature , the packets tha t need ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 845

    25-99 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 5 Moni to rin g Mobile Te chn ologies LTE Networks Viewing the PCF Configuration D etails T o view the Packet Control Functi on (PCF) configuratio n details for a PD SN service : Step 1 Ri ght- click t h e re quir ed device in Pr ime Ne twork V ision an d cho ose Inv e ntory . Step ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 846

    25-100 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 25 Monitoring Mobile T echnologies LTE Netwo rks Viewing the Policy Configuration Details T o vie w the Policy conf iguration details for a PDSN service: Step 1 Ri ght- click t h e re quir ed device in Pr ime Ne twork V ision an d cho ose Inv e ntory . Step 2 In th e l og ica l inventory ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 847

    25-101 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 5 Moni to rin g Mobile Te chn ologies LTE Networks Viewing the QoS Configuration Details T o vie w the Quality o f Service configura tion detai ls for a PDSN serv ice: Step 1 Ri ght- click t h e re quir ed device in Pr ime Ne twork V ision an d cho ose Inv e ntory . Step 2 In th e ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 848

    25-102 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 25 Monitoring Mobile T echnologies LTE Netwo rks Viewing the Registration Details T o view the Re g istration details for a PDSN service: Step 1 Ri ght- click t h e re quir ed device in Pr ime Ne twork V ision an d cho ose Inv e ntory . Step 2 In th e l og ica l inventory wind ow , choo ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 849

    25-103 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 5 Moni to rin g Mobile Te chn ologies LTE Networks Viewi n g the Timers an d Re s trictions Detai l s T o vie w the T im ers and Restrictions details for a PDSN service: Step 1 Ri ght- click t h e re quir ed device in Pr ime Ne twork V ision an d cho ose Inv e ntory . Step 2 In th ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 850

    25-104 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 25 Monitoring Mobile T echnologies LTE Netwo rks T able 25-66 Timers and Res tr ictions Det ails Field Description Inter PD SN Hando f f Indicates w hether the Inter-PD SN hand of f feat ure of f is enable d. Inter - PDSN handoff relates to the handof f between two PCFs with connecti vit ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 851

    25-105 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 5 Moni to rin g Mobile Te chn ologies LTE Networks Configur at ion Commands for PDSN The PDSN comman ds allow you to co nfigure PDSNs in yo ur networ k. Please n ote that these co mman ds are available onl y for Ci sco AS R 5 000 M obil e devices. Thes e comman ds can be launche d ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 852

    25-106 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 25 Monitoring Mobile T echnologies LTE Netwo rks Viewing the Local Mobility Ancho r Configuration (LM A) Proxy Mobi le IPv6 (or PMI Pv6, or PMIP ) is a network-b ased mobil ity manage ment pro tocol for building a comm on access tec hnology inde pend ent of mobil e core networks, accommo ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 853

    25-107 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 5 Moni to rin g Mobile Te chn ologies LTE Networks The major functiona l entities o f PMIPv6 are Mobil e Access Gate wa ys (MA G s), Local Mo bility Anchor s (LMAs) , and Mob ile Node s (MNs). The Loc al Mobi lity Anchor (LMA) is the hom e agent f or a mobile n ode in a Proxy M ob ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 854

    25-108 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 25 Monitoring Mobile T echnologies LTE Netwo rks T ab le 2 5-68 LMA Se rvic e Det ails Field Description Servi ce Name The uniqu e servic e name of th e LMA. Status The status of t he LMA servi ce, whic h can be any one of the fo llowing: • Down • Running • Initiated • Unknown. T ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 855

    25-109 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 5 Moni to rin g Mobile Te chn ologies Scheduli ng 3GPP Inventory Re trieval Requests Scheduling 3GPP In ventory Retri eval Requests The 3GPP Inv entory Managemen t W eb Servi ces for Prime Network Integration La yer (PN-IL) retrieves the physica l and logical i n vento ry data fro ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 856

    25-110 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 25 Monitoring Mobile T echnologies Schedulin g 3G PP Invent ory Retrieval Requ ests Step 3 Click Ex ecute to initiate the in ventory request an d check the output f iles as specif ied in the Response message. Step 4 Click the Scheduling tab to sche dule the web ser vices to run l ater or ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 857

    25-111 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 5 Moni to rin g Mobile Te chn ologies Viewing Operator Policies, APN Rema ps, an d APN Profiles Viewing Operator Policies, APN Remaps, a nd APN Profiles Operato r policy provides me chanism s to fine tune the behavio r of subsets of subscri bers above and beyond the behaviors desc ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 858

    25-112 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 25 Monitoring Mobile T echnologies Viewing Ope rator Policie s, APN Rema ps, an d APN Prof il es Prime Netwo rk V ision displa y s the list of operator policies co nfigured und er the conta iner . Y ou can vie w the ind ividual po licy d eta ils from the ta ble on the ri ght pa ne or by ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 859

    25-113 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 5 Moni to rin g Mobile Te chn ologies Viewing Operator Policies, APN Rema ps, an d APN Profiles Viewing AP N Remaps An APN remap tab les allo w an operator to ov errid e an APN specif ied by a use r , or the APN selecte d during the no rmal AP N sele cti on proc ed ure, a s sp eci ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 860

    25-114 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 25 Monitoring Mobile T echnologies Viewing Ope rator Policie s, APN Rema ps, an d APN Prof il es Prim e Netw ork V ision displa ys th e list of APN rem aps co nf igur ed unde r the con taine r . Y ou can vie w th e individual APN re map detai ls from th e table on th e right pa ne or by ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 861

    25-115 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 5 Moni to rin g Mobile Te chn ologies Viewing Operator Policies, APN Rema ps, an d APN Profiles Viewing APN Profiles APN Profile defines a set of p aramete rs con trol ling t he SG SN or M ME behavio r , when a spe cific APN is recei ved o r no APN is receiv ed in a req uest. An A ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 862

    25-116 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 25 Monitoring Mobile T echnologies Viewing Ope rator Policie s, APN Rema ps, an d APN Prof il es Prime Ne twork V ision displ ays the li st of AP N p rofiles c onfigured u nde r the c onta ine r . Y ou can view the ind ividual A PN pr ofile detai ls f rom the ta ble o n t he right pane o ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 863

    25-117 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 5 Moni to rin g Mobile Te chn ologies Viewing Operator Policies, APN Rema ps, an d APN Profiles IP Source V alidation Configures sett ings related to IP source violation detec tion with one of the follo wing criteria: • deacti vat e—Deacti vate s the PDP context with one of th ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 864

    25-118 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 25 Monitoring Mobile T echnologies Viewing Ope rator Policie s, APN Rema ps, an d APN Prof il es DNS Qu ery Cha rging Characteristic s ID For mat Forma t of th e charg ing ch arac ter isti c infor ma tion to be in clu ded. Gateway Entries Gat e way Entry Ga teway entry co nfigured fo r t ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 865

    25-119 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 5 Moni to rin g Mobile Te chn ologies Viewing Operator Policies, APN Rema ps, an d APN Profiles Viewing Additional Ch aracteristics of an APN Profile T o v i ew add iti o nal ch ar act e ris tic s of a n A PN p rofil e: Step 1 Ri ght- click t h e re quir ed device in Pr ime Ne two ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 866

    25-120 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 25 Monitoring Mobile T echnologies Viewing Ope rator Policie s, APN Rema ps, an d APN Prof il es Step 3 Ex pand the APN P r ofile node. The following lis t of characte ristics c onfigured for t he APN profile are displayed: – PDP Inacti vity Actions —Attribut es rela ted to PDP data ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 867

    25-121 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 5 Moni to rin g Mobile Te chn ologies Wo rking with Active Cha rging Service Working with Active Charging Se rvice Enhanced Char ging Servic e (ECS), also kno wn as Acti ve Char gi ng Service (A CS), is an in-line service, which is int egrated within th e platform and pro vides mo ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 868

    25-122 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 25 Monitoring Mobile T echnologies Work ing wi th Ac tive Char ging Serv ice • Routing R ul edef s— Rou ting r ul ede fs ar e used t o rout e pa cket s to co nte nt a nal yzer s. Routi ng rulede fs determi ne wh ich conte nt anal yzer to rou te the pa cket to, whe n the prot ocol fie ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 869

    25-123 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 5 Moni to rin g Mobile Te chn ologies Wo rking with Active Cha rging Service Viewing Ac tive Chargi ng Services Y ou ca n view the activ e charging servi ces in logi cal inv e ntory as shown in Figure 25-18 . Figur e 25-18 Mobile T echnol og y Set up Nodes Additiona lly , you can ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 870

    25-124 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 25 Monitoring Mobile T echnologies Work ing wi th Ac tive Char ging Serv ice T a ble 25-75 Activ e Chargin g Service s in Lo gical In vent ory Field Description Service Name Name of the acti ve charg ing service . TCP Flo w Idle T imeout Maximum duratio n, in seco nds, a T CP flo w can r ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 871

    25-125 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 5 Moni to rin g Mobile Te chn ologies Wo rking with Active Cha rging Service Viewing Conten t Filtering Categories T o vie w content f ilterin g catego ries in logical in vento ry: Step 1 Ri ght- click t h e re quir ed device in Pr ime Ne twork V ision an d cho ose Inv e ntory . S ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 872

    25-126 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 25 Monitoring Mobile T echnologies Work ing wi th Ac tive Char ging Serv ice v olume fr om the qu ota acco rding t o the traf f ic analysis rules. When the subscriber’ s quota g ets to the threshold level specif ied by the prepaid rating a nd charging server , system send s a n ew acce ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 873

    25-127 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 5 Moni to rin g Mobile Te chn ologies Wo rking with Active Cha rging Service Second ary Peer S econd ary hostna me. Second ary Real m Rea lm for th e second ary host. IMSI Ran ge Mode Mo de of peer sel ection based on IMSI pr efix or suf fix. IMSI Start V alue Starting v alue of t ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 874

    25-128 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 25 Monitoring Mobile T echnologies Work ing wi th Ac tive Char ging Serv ice Viewing Charging Act ion Properties Charging Acti on is an act ion taken on the incoming data packe ts once the da ta packets are t reated by the routin g and charging ru le compo nents. Use r can configur e ind ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 875

    25-129 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 5 Moni to rin g Mobile Te chn ologies Wo rking with Active Cha rging Service Service ID Con fig ured ser vice ID used to a sso ciate the charging a c tion in rule definitions configurat ion. Charg ing EDR Name Name of the EDR format for the bil ling action in the A CS. EGCDRs Indi ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 876

    25-130 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 25 Monitoring Mobile T echnologies Work ing wi th Ac tive Char ging Serv ice Downlink Ind icates whethe r downlink flow limi t is co nfigured for th e subscr iber or not. Charg ing A ction B andwidth D irection Direction Direction of the pack et flo w: Upli nk or Do wnlink Peak Data Rate ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 877

    25-131 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 5 Moni to rin g Mobile Te chn ologies Wo rking with Active Cha rging Service Viewing Rule Definit ions Rule definition s are user-defined expre ssions, base d on proto col fields and pro tocol states, whi ch define what ac tions to take when specif ic field v alues are true. E ach ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 878

    25-132 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 25 Monitoring Mobile T echnologies Work ing wi th Ac tive Char ging Serv ice Viewing Rule Definition Gro ups A rule definition gr oup en ables group ing the rul e definitions int o categories. A rule definition g roup may conta in op tim iza ble rule definit ions. Whe the r a g rou p is ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 879

    25-133 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 5 Moni to rin g Mobile Te chn ologies Wo rking with Active Cha rging Service T able 25- 80 descr ibe s the d etai ls available for each ru le d efinition gr oup. Rule Defin ition Group Commands The fo llowing com ma nds ca n be l aunc he d fr om the inventory by right -cl ick ing ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 880

    25-134 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 25 Monitoring Mobile T echnologies Work ing wi th Ac tive Char ging Serv ice T o vie w a rule ba se in logical in vent ory: Step 1 Ri ght- click t h e re quir ed device in Pr ime Ne twork V ision an d cho ose Inv e ntory . Step 2 In th e l og ica l inventory wind ow , choo se Log ical In ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 881

    25-135 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 5 Moni to rin g Mobile Te chn ologies Wo rking with Active Cha rging Service Viewing Band width Policies Bandwidth policie s are helpful in applying rate lim it to potentially ban dwidth intensi ve and service disrupti ve applic ations. Using this p olic y , the operator can po li ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 882

    25-136 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 25 Monitoring Mobile T echnologies Work ing wi th Ac tive Char ging Serv ice Viewing Fair Usage Proper ties T o vie w fair usage proper ties conf igured for the A CS: Step 1 Ri ght- click t h e re quir ed device in Pr ime Ne twork V ision an d cho ose Inv e ntory . Step 2 In th e l og ic ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 883

    25-137 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 5 Moni to rin g Mobile Te chn ologies Wo rking with Active Cha rging Service T able 25-85 Activ e Char ging Serv ices Configur ation Commands Command Navigation Description Crea te Ruledef Expand Activ e Char ging Servic es node > right-click A C S service > Commands > Co ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 884

    25-138 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 25 Monitoring Mobile T echnologies Mobile Te chn ologies Co mmand s: Sum m a ry Mobile Techno logies Comman ds: Su mmary The fo llowing comma nds can be used to configure an d view mobile tec hnolo gies unde r a particula r context i n the Prime Networ k V isi on. T he se c om mands c an ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 885

    25-139 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 5 Moni to rin g Mobile Te chn ologies Mobile Te chnolo gies Com mands: Summary Command Navigation Description Crea te AAA Gr oup Conte xt > Commands > Conf iguration AAA refers to Authenticatio n, Authoriza tion, and Accountin g, which is a secur ity architect ure for distri ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 886

    25-140 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 25 Monitoring Mobile T echnologies Mobile Te chn ologies Co mmand s: Sum m a ry Crea te G GSN Co ntex t > Commands > Conf iguration Gateway GPRS Suppor t Node (G GSM) is th e gateway between the GPR S wireless da ta network a nd other extern al packet da ta networks such a s radi o ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 887

    25-141 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 5 Moni to rin g Mobile Te chn ologies Mobile Te chnolo gies Com mands: Summary Crea te DHCP Co ntex t > Commands > Conf iguration > DHCP DHCP is used to autom ate host con figuration by assigning IP addre sses, delegatin g prefixes (in IPv6) , and providing exte nsiv e co ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 888

    25-142 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 25 Monitoring Mobile T echnologies Mobile Te chn ologies Co mmand s: Sum m a ry Crea te Rout e Access List Context > Commands > Conf iguration > Route Map and Route A ccess List Access l ists are a set of rules , org anized in a rule table and are used to f ilter and iden tify t ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 889

    25-143 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 5 Moni to rin g Mobile Te chn ologies Monitoring the Mobility Management Entity Monitoring the Mobil ity Manageme nt Entity Mobilit y Management Entity (MME) is the ke y control-node for an L TE access network, which works in conjunc tion with NodeB(eNo deB), Serving Gateway , or ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 890

    25-144 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 25 Monitoring Mobile T echnologies Monitoring t he Mobility Ma nagemen t Entity Figure 25- 19 de pic ts t he t op ology of the L TE ne twork al ong w ith MM E: Figur e 25-19 MME T opology The d if ferent f eatures of the MME are l isted belo w: • In volv ed in bearer acti vation/de act ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 891

    25-145 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 5 Moni to rin g Mobile Te chn ologies Monitoring the Mobility Management Entity • S1-MME Interf ace—The in terfa ce used by MME to commun icate with eNodeBs on th e same PLMN. Th is i nte rfac e i s th e re fere nce po in t fo r the c ontro l pl an e p rotoc ol be twe en e N o ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 892

    25-146 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 25 Monitoring Mobile T echnologies Monitoring t he Mobility Ma nagemen t Entity Figur e 25-20 MME Conf igur ation Details T able 25- 86 displays t h e MME service details. T able 25-86 MME Servic e Details Field Description Servi ce N ame The uniqu e name o f th e MME se rv ice. Status T ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 893

    25-147 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 5 Moni to rin g Mobile Te chn ologies Monitoring the Mobility Management Entity SGS Service The name of the SGS peer ser vice asso ciated with the MME servic e, which is pre-co nfigured fo r the selec ted context . Peer MME DNS Context The DNS client servi ce that is used to q uer ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 894

    25-148 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 25 Monitoring Mobile T echnologies Monitoring t he Mobility Ma nagemen t Entity UE DB Purge Timeou t The amoun t of time (in minute s) after w hich th e User Eq uipment is atta ched to the MME service and reus es the pre viousl y established secur ity param eter s . Note The UE datab ase ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 895

    25-149 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 5 Moni to rin g Mobile Te chn ologies Monitoring the Mobility Management Entity W e ight The weig htage a ssigned to a P-GW a ddres s, which i ndica tes the a ddress that must be used as th e pref erred P-GW . This we ight can be an y v alue be tween 1 and 100 and the addr ess wit ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 896

    25-150 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 25 Monitoring Mobile T echnologies Monitoring t he Mobility Ma nagemen t Entity Y ou ca n also view the following co nfigurations fo r a MME servic e: • EMM T imeouts—EPS Mobility Man agement (EMM) is used to support the mobility of a user equip ment. F or example, it informs the net ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 897

    25-151 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 5 Moni to rin g Mobile Te chn ologies Monitoring the Mobility Management Entity Viewing the ESM Confi guration Details T o vie w the ESM conf iguration details for a MME servic e: Step 1 Ri ght- click t h e re quir ed device in Pr ime Ne twork V ision an d cho ose Inv e ntory . St ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 898

    25-152 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 25 Monitoring Mobile T echnologies Monitoring t he Mobility Ma nagemen t Entity Viewing the LTE Security Procedu re Configuration Details T o vie w the L TE security proc edure con fig uration details fo r a MME service: Step 1 Ri ght- click t h e re quir ed device in Pr ime Ne twork V i ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 899

    25-153 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 5 Moni to rin g Mobile Te chn ologies Monitoring the Mobility Management Entity Viewing the MME Poli cy Configuration Details T o vie w the polic y conf igurati on details for a MME service: Step 1 Ri ght- click t h e re quir ed device in Pr ime Ne twork V ision an d cho ose Inv e ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 900

    25-154 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 25 Monitoring Mobile T echnologies Monitoring t he Mobility Ma nagemen t Entity Viewing the S1 Interface Confi guration Details T o vie w the S1 Inter face configurat ion detail s for a MME ser vice: Step 1 Ri ght- click t h e re quir ed device in Pr ime Ne twork V ision an d cho ose Inv ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 901

    25-155 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 5 Moni to rin g Mobile Te chn ologies Viewin g the Stream C ontrol Transmi ssion Pr otocol Viewing the Stream Control Transmissi on Protocol The St ream Co ntro l Transmission Pr otoc ol ( SCT P) is a messa ge o ri ented , re liabl e tra nsp ort pro toc ol with direc t suppor t fo ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 902

    25-156 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 25 Monitoring Mobile T echnologies Viewing the St rea m Control Tran smissi on Protocol • Optional b undling of multiple user messages into a single SCTP pack et • Network-level fault toler ance thr oug h support ing of mu lti- homi ng at ei the r or bo th end s o f an associ ation T ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 903

    25-157 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 5 Moni to rin g Mobile Te chn ologies Viewin g the Stream C ontrol Transmi ssion Pr otocol Figur e 25-21 SCTP T emplate Detail s T able 25- 92 describes the SCTP T emplate details. T able 25-92 SCTP T emplat e Details Field Description T emplate Name Th e unique n ame of the SCTP ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 904

    25-158 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 25 Monitoring Mobile T echnologies Viewing the St rea m Control Tran smissi on Protocol Checksu m The type of checks um that is used to increase data inte grity of the SCTP packet s, w hic h ca n be a ny one o f th e following : • adler 32—the Adler -32 checksum algor ithm is used ? ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 905

    25-159 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 5 Moni to rin g Mobile Te chn ologies Viewin g the Stream C ontrol Transmi ssion Pr otocol Bund le T imeout The amoun t of time (in se conds) afte r which the ch unks of SCTP pa ckets are b undled and comm itted for transm issio n. Alternate Accept Flag Indicates whether th e alte ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 906

    25-160 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 25 Monitoring Mobile T echnologies Viewing the St rea m Control Tran smissi on Protocol ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 907

    CH A P T E R 26-1 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 26 Monitoring Data Center Configurations Data Ce nte r i s a ce ntra lize d r eposit or y , eit her physic al or virt ual fo r t he st ora ge, ma na geme nt, dissemina tion of dat a and infor mation organi zed aroun d a particu lar mann er . In oth er words, it is a faci lity use ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 908

    26-2 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 26 Mo nitoring Data Ce nter Configurations User Roles Req uired to Work wi th Dat a Cen ter Configurat ions Prime Networ k supports th e following techn ologies as pa rt of data ce nter: • V irtual Port Chann el (vPC), pa ge 26-3 • Cisco FabricPath, p age 26- 7 • V irtualiz ation, pa ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 909

    26-3 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 6 Moni to rin g Data Cent er Con figurations Virtual Port Channel (vPC) Virtual Port Chann el (vPC) A V irtual Port Channe l (vPC) allows lin ks that ar e physicall y connec ted to two different Cisco Nexus 700 0 or Cisco Nexus 5000 series network el ements t o appe ar as a single p ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 910

    26-4 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 26 Mo nitoring Data Ce nter Configurations Virtual Port Channel (vPC) Figu re 26-1 vPC Architectu re A vPC consists of the follo wing components: • T wo vP C p eer switc he s, amon g w hic h one is pri m ary and o ne is se c ond ary . T he sy st em f orm ed by the two peer switc hes is r ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 911

    26-5 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 6 Moni to rin g Data Cent er Con figurations Virtual Port Channel (vPC) Viewing Virtual Po rt Channel Configuration T o view the vPC conf iguration details in Prime Network V ision: Step 1 Ri ght-clic k on the requi red device and ch oose the In ventory option. Step 2 In the In ve n ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 912

    26-6 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 26 Mo nitoring Data Ce nter Configurations Virtual Port Channel (vPC) T a ble 26-3 vPC Doma in Proper ties Field Name Description Domain ID Un ique ID th at is used to identif y the vPC peer links an d ports connec ted to the vPC downs tream de vices. Peer Statu s Status o f the peer l ink ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 913

    26-7 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 6 Moni to rin g Data Cent er Con figurations Cisco Fa bricP ath Viewing v PC Configuratio n The fo llowing commands ca n be launche d from the in vent ory by right-cl icking VPC Domain and choosin g Commands > Show . The table belo w lists vPC show co mmands. Additiona l c om man ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 914

    26-8 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 26 Mo nitoring Data Ce nter Configurations Cisco Fabr icP ath Cisco F abricP ath p rovides the follo wing feat u res: • Allo ws Layer 2 multip athing in t h e Fa b ricP ath netw ork. • Provides built-in loop prevention an d mitigatio n with no need to use the Spanning T re e Protoc ol ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 915

    26-9 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 6 Moni to rin g Data Cent er Con figurations Cisco Fa bricP ath Viewing Cis co FabricPath Configuration T o vie w the F abricP ath co nfig urati on in Prime Ne twork V ision: Step 1 Ri ght-clic k on the requi red device and ch oose the In ventory option. Step 2 In the In ve ntor y w ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 916

    26-10 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 26 Mo nitoring Data Ce nter Configurations Cisco Fabr icP ath Monitoring Cisco FabricPath Configuration The fo llowing commands ca n be launche d from the in vent ory by right-cl icking Fab r ic Pa th and choosin g Commands > Show . The tabl e belo w lists Fa bricP ath conf iguration c ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 917

    26-11 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 6 Moni to rin g Data Cent er Con figurations Virtualization Virtualization V irtu alizat ion is a concept of creatin g a virtual v ersion of an y resource , such as ha rdw are platf orm, operati ng syst em, stor ag e device, o r net work resour ces, a s sh own in Fi gure 26 -5 . I ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 918

    26-12 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 26 Mo nitoring Data Ce nter Configurations Virtu a liz ation The various comp onents of virtu aliz ation are : Hypervisor (Host Ser ver) A hype rvisor , also called a blad e serv er , a virtu al machin e mana ger , or a hos t serv er , is a progra m that allo ws multiple operating systems ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 919

    26-13 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 6 Moni to rin g Data Cent er Con figurations Virtualization Viewing Virtu al Data Ce nters T o vie w the virtual data cente r s in the logical in ventor y: Step 1 Ri ght-clic k on the requi red device and ch oose the In ventory option. Step 2 In the In ve ntor y windo w , choos e L ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 920

    26-14 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 26 Mo nitoring Data Ce nter Configurations Virtu a liz ation Viewing the Host Serv ers of a D ata Center T o view the host ce nters of a data center: Step 1 Ri ght-clic k on the requi red device and ch oose the In ventory option. Step 2 In the In ve ntor y windo w , choos e Logi cal In ve ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 921

    26-15 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 6 Moni to rin g Data Cent er Con figurations Virtualization Figur e 26-6 Host Serv er Details T able 26- 7 describes the ho st server details. ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 922

    26-16 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 26 Mo nitoring Data Ce nter Configurations Virtu a liz ation T able 26-7 Host Servers of a D ata Center Field Name Description Name Name of the h ost serv er . IP Addr ess The IP address of the host s erv er . DNS Name The domain na me of the ho st sev er . State Management state o f the ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 923

    26-17 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 6 Moni to rin g Data Cent er Con figurations Virtualization Statistics tab CPU Usag e CPU usag e by the host ser ver , in G Hz. Memory Usa ge Memory usage b y the host serv er , in GB. Disk Usage Am ount of disk space used by the host server , in GB. CPU Allocation tab Resource T y ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 924

    26-18 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 26 Mo nitoring Data Ce nter Configurations Virtu a liz ation Viewing a ll the Virtual M achines manag ed by vCe nter T o view a list of all th e virtu al mach ines mana ged by a data ce nter: Step 1 Ri ght-clic k on the requi red device and ch oose the In ventory option. Step 2 In the In ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 925

    26-19 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 6 Moni to rin g Data Cent er Con figurations Virtualization Viewing the Virtual Mach ines of a Data Center T o vie w the virtual ma chines for a data cen ter: Step 1 Ri ght-clic k on the requi red device and ch oose the In ventory option. Step 2 In the In ve ntor y windo w , choos ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 926

    26-20 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 26 Mo nitoring Data Ce nter Configurations Virtu a liz ation T a ble 26-9 V irtual Ma chine Pr operties Field Name Description VM ID T he uniqu e iden tificatio n code of th e virtu al mach ine. Name N ame of the virtual ma chi ne. IP Addr ess IP address of the vir tual machi ne. DNS Name ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 927

    26-21 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 6 Moni to rin g Data Cent er Con figurations Virtualization Expandable Allocation Expandab le allo cation av ailability f or t he virtu al machin e. V alue could be true or false . Shar e Rela tive import ance of the vi rtu al mach ine fo r CPU a lloca tion, whic h co uld be High, ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 928

    26-22 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 26 Mo nitoring Data Ce nter Configurations Virtu a liz ation Viewing the Host Cluster Details T o vie w the host cluster deta ils: Step 1 In Prime Networ k V ision, ri ght-cl ick on the re quired device and selec t the In vento ry optio n. Step 2 In the In ve ntory me nu, ex pand the Logi ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 929

    26-23 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 6 Moni to rin g Data Cent er Con figurations Virtualization T able 26- 10 descri bes the Host Cluster de tails. T able 26-1 0 Host Clus te r Details Field Name Descriptio n Name The name of the host cluster. Data Center Nam e The name of the as sociate d data cent er . Descri ption ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 930

    26-24 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 26 Mo nitoring Data Ce nter Configurations Virtu a liz ation Viewing the Resour ce Pool Details T o view the resour ce pool det ails: Step 1 In Prime Networ k V ision, ri ght-cl ick on the re quired device and selec t the In vento ry optio n. Step 2 In the In ve ntory me nu, ex pand the L ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 931

    26-25 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 6 Moni to rin g Data Cent er Con figurations Virtualization T a ble 26-1 1 Resour ce P ool Pr oper ties Field Name Descriptio n Name The compu te resource pool name . Provider Nam e The des criptio n of the comp ute resou rce pool. Status The st atus of the co mpute resour ce pool. ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 932

    26-26 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 26 Mo nitoring Data Ce nter Configurations Viewing the M ap N ode for an UCS N etwork Eleme nt Viewing the Map Node for an UCS Network Element Using Prime Network V ision, you can view the physical la yout and topol ogy among th e multi- chassis de vices on the map. Th e multi-chassis de ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 933

    26-27 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 6 Moni to rin g Data Cent er Con figurations Viewi ng the Ma p Node fo r an UCS Net work E lement Step 5 Close the in vento ry window . Each of these p arts, i.e. the b lade serv ers, F abric Inter Conn ect ch assi s, an d IO Modul es, ca n be conn ected to each othe r interna lly ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 934

    26-28 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 26 Mo nitoring Data Ce nter Configurations Viewing the M ap N ode for an UCS N etwork Eleme nt Note Sub-nodes are a vaila ble for th e chassis t hat ha ve b lade serv ers under t h em. Y ou can e xpand/c ontract these sub -nodes to v ie w more details. Ho we v er, th e ele me nts u nder t ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 935

    26-29 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 6 Moni to rin g Data Cent er Con figurations Viewing the Virtual Network Devices of a Data Center Viewing the Virtual Netwo rk Devi ces of a Da ta Center Prime Networ k supports the fol lowing virtual network devices of a data center: • Cisco Cloud Ser vice Rou ter (CSR) 100 0v ? ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 936

    26-30 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 26 Mo nitoring Data Ce nter Configurations Viewing the Virt ual Network Dev ic es of a Data Center Figur e 26-1 1 Element Pr operties Win dow Note The CSR 10 00v device is a ssocia ted with a hypervi sor an d physica lly av ailab le on a bl ade ser ver . The links to the h ypervisor and b ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 937

    26-31 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 6 Moni to rin g Data Cent er Con figurations Viewing the Virtual Network Devices of a Data Center Figure 26- 12 de pic ts the dep loym ent of VSG : Figur e 26-12 Deplo yment of VSG The Cisc o VSG opera tes with the Cisco Nexus 1000V in th e VMware vSphe re hyperv isor , and the Ci ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 938

    26-32 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 26 Mo nitoring Data Ce nter Configurations Viewing the Com put e Ser ver Support Det ai ls Viewing the Compute Server Sup port Details Prime Networ k provides support for the following comp ute servers: • UCS B -Seri es Se rvers—T he Cisc o UCS B-Ser ies Bl ade Se rvers ar e cruc ial ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 939

    26-33 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 6 Moni to rin g Data Cent er Con figurations Vie wing th e Comput e Serv er Suppo rt Details Figur e 26-13 Blade Serv er Configur ation Detail s T able 26- 12 de scri bes t he c on figurati on de tail s o f a bl ade se rver . T able 26-12 Blade Serv er Configur ation Details Field ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 940

    26-34 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 26 Mo nitoring Data Ce nter Configurations Viewing the Com put e Ser ver Support Det ai ls Cores T he numbe r o f core s u sed by t he bl ade server. Used Spee d The actual used spee d of the p roces sor , in GHz. Rated Spe ed The rated speed of the processo r , in GHz. RAM Size T he RAM ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 941

    26-35 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 6 Moni to rin g Data Cent er Con figurations Vie wing th e Comput e Serv er Suppo rt Details Note T h e Hype rv isor an d V ir tual Mac hin e tabs w ill be disp lay ed on ly if the co mpu te ser ver is mana ged by a VMwar e VCenter , which is monitored by the sa me instance of Prim ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 942

    26-36 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 26 Mo nitoring Data Ce nter Configurations Viewing the Com put e Ser ver Support Det ai ls Step 3 Select the Ser ver node. Th e server c onfiguration detail s are di splayed i n the conten t pan e alon g with t he details of the o perating sy stem a vailab le in th e serv er . The follo w ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 943

    26-37 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 6 Moni to rin g Data Cent er Con figurations Viewing the Storage Area Network Support Details Viewing the Storag e Area Network Support Details A storag e area ne twork (SAN) i s a dedicate d network that provides ac cess to con solida ted, bl ock level data storage . SANs are prim ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 944

    26-38 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 26 Mo nitoring Data Ce nter Configurations Viewing the Stora ge Area Netw ork Su pport Details Figur e 26-14 VSAN Configur ation Details T able 26- 13 describes the VSAN conf igu ration details. ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 945

    26-39 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 6 Moni to rin g Data Cent er Con figurations Viewing the Storage Area Network Support Details T able 26-13 VSAN Configur ation Details Field Name Descriptio n VSAN ID The uniqu e iden tification code of th e VSAN. Name The name of the VS AN. Admi n Status The admi nistrat i ve stat ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 946

    26-40 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 26 Mo nitoring Data Ce nter Configurations Viewing the Stora ge Area Netw ork Su pport Details Admin St atus The admin istrati v e statu s of th e inter face, whic h ca n be a ny one of th e follo wing: • Up • Down Oper Sta tu s The ope rat iona l st atu s o f th e int erfac e, w hic ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 947

    26-41 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 6 Moni to rin g Data Cent er Con figurations Viewing the Storage Area Network Support Details Note For more informa tion about the alarms relating to FC and FCoE, see the Cisco Pr ime Ne twor k 4.0 Supporte d Service A larms . Viewing the FC Interface Details T o vie w the FC Inter ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 948

    26-42 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 26 Mo nitoring Data Ce nter Configurations Viewing the Stora ge Area Netw ork Su pport Details T able 26-14 FC Configur ation De tails Field Name Description Location Information T y pe The type of fibre inter face, whic h can be any one of th e following: • Fib re Ch an ne l Location T ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 949

    26-43 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 6 Moni to rin g Data Cent er Con figurations Viewing the Storage Area Network Support Details Viewing the FCoE Interface Details T o vie w the FCoE Interface details: Step 1 In Prime Networ k V ision, ri ght-cl ick the re quired device and choose th e In vent ory option. Step 2 In ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 950

    26-44 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 26 Mo nitoring Data Ce nter Configurations Viewing the Stora ge Area Netw ork Su pport Details Note For more informa tion about the other sect ions in this windo w , see T abl e 26 -14 . Viewing the Fibre Ch annel Link Aggregation T o v iew the Fiber C hanne l L ink Ag gregatio n de ta il ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 951

    26-45 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 6 Moni to rin g Data Cent er Con figurations Viewing the Storage Area Network Support Details Figur e 26-15 Fibr e Channel Link Aggr egation T able 26- 16 descr i bes the Fib re Chan ne l Li nk A gg regation Pro per ties. T a ble 26-16 Fibr e Channel Link Agg r eg ation Pr operties ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 952

    26-46 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 26 Mo nitoring Data Ce nter Configurations Searching f or Com p ute Servic es Viewing Fibr e Channel Li nks Between D evices i n a Map T o view the FC links between device s in a map: Step 1 In Prime Networ k V i sion, ope n the map that contains the Fib re Channe l links. Step 2 Click on ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 953

    26-47 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 6 Moni to rin g Data Cent er Con figurations Search ing for C ompute Services Figur e 26-16 Comput e Service Sea rc h Note Y o u can al so click t he Show Al l radio button t o vi ew a lis t of devices w ith hy pe rvisor s, bla de se rvers, and virt ual machi nes. T able 26- 17 des ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 954

    26-48 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 26 Mo nitoring Data Ce nter Configurations Searching f or Com p ute Servic es ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 955

    CH A P T E R 27-1 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 27 Monitoring Cable Technologies Cable br oadband c ommunic ation ope rates i n complian ce with t he Data Over Cabl e Service In terface Specif ication (DOCSIS) standard which prescr ibes multi vendor interope rability and promot es a retail model fo r th e co nsumer ' s di ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 956

    27-2 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapt er 27 Monitor ing Cable Tech nologie s User Ro les Req uired to Work with Cable Techno log ie s service pro v ider . On the subscr iber side o f the head end, the CMT S enab les t he comm unic ation with subscr ibers' cable modem s. A single CMT S can ac comm odate thou sands of cabl e ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 957

    27-3 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 7 Moni to rin g Cable Techn ologies User Roles Required to Work with Ca ble T ech nolo gies For more information on user au thorization , see the Cisco P rime N etw ork 4. 0 Adm ini strator G uide . By def ault, users wit h the Adminis trator role h av e access to all m anaged eleme ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 958

    27-4 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapt er 27 Monitor ing Cable Tech nologie s User Ro les Req uired to Work with Cable Techno log ie s • W i deban d Cha nn els— A W ideb and C hanne l or Bon de d Group (BG ) is a logi cal gro uping of one or more phy sical RF chan nels ov er which MPEG -TS pa ckets ar e carri ed. Wideband cha ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 959

    27-5 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 7 Moni to rin g Cable Techn ologies User Roles Required to Work with Ca ble T ech nolo gies Viewing the QAM Domain Configura tion Details T o view the QAM dom ain configur ation details: Step 1 Ri ght- click t h e re quir ed device in Pr ime Ne twork V ision an d cho ose Inv e ntory ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 960

    27-6 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapt er 27 Monitor ing Cable Tech nologie s User Ro les Req uired to Work with Cable Techno log ie s T able 27- 3 describes th e QAM Do main conf iguration deta ils. Viewing the MAC Domain Configurati on Details T o v iew the MAC domain c onfigurati on d etails: Step 1 Ri ght- click t h e re quir ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 961

    27-7 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 7 Moni to rin g Cable Techn ologies User Roles Required to Work with Ca ble T ech nolo gies Status The statu s of the upstr eam channel, which can be an y one of the follo wing: • Up • Down • Admini stra tive Up • Administr ativ e Do wn • Unknown Port Th e port to whi ch t ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 962

    27-8 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapt er 27 Monitor ing Cable Tech nologie s User Ro les Req uired to Work with Cable Techno log ie s Viewing the Narrowband Cha nnels Configuration Details T o v iew the N arrowband cha nnel s c on figuratio n detai ls : Step 1 Ri ght- click t h e re quir ed device in Pr ime Ne twork V ision an d ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 963

    27-9 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 7 Moni to rin g Cable Techn ologies User Roles Required to Work with Ca ble T ech nolo gies T able 27 -6 Wid e band Channels Config uration Details Field Description W i d eband Na me The name of t he wide band c hanne l. Status The statu s of the wideba nd channel, which can be any ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 964

    27-10 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapt er 27 Monitor ing Cable Tech nologie s User Ro les Req uired to Work with Cable Techno log ie s Viewing the Fiber Node Configurat ion Details T o v iew the Fiber Nod e configurat ion d eta ils: Step 1 Ri ght- click t h e re quir ed device in Pr ime Ne twork V ision an d cho ose Inv e ntory ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 965

    27-11 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 7 Moni to rin g Cable Techn ologies Conf igur e C abl e Ports and I n terf aces Configure Cab le Po rts and Inte rfaces Thes e commands help in co nf iguring the cable p orts an d IP interf ace. The table be low list s the navigation of ea ch of t hese com mands. T o run the thes e ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 966

    27-12 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapt er 27 Monitor ing Cable Tech nologie s View Upstre am an d Downs tream Confi gura tion for Cable Configur e C able Interfaces View Upstream an d Downstream Configuration for Cable Configure QAM These co mmand s help in co nfiguring the Qua dratur e A mplitud e Modula t ion (QAM ) domain fo ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 967

    27-13 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 7 Moni to rin g Cable Techn ologies View Q AM Co nf igur a tions Configur e R F and Frequency Prof il es Configur e QAM Port and Channel View QAM Configurations Command Navigation D escription Crea te RF Pr o f ile Modify RF Prof ile Delete RF Pr o f ile NE > Commands > Confi ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 968

    27-14 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapt er 27 Monitor ing Cable Tech nologie s Configure DEPI and L2TP Configure DE PI and L2TP These comm ands help in conf iguring the Dow n stream External PHY Inte r face (DEPI) and Layer 2 T unn el Protocol (L2TP). Th e table bel ow lists the navigation of each of these comma nds. T o ru n the ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 969

    CH A P T E R 28-1 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 28 Monitoring ADSL2+ and VDSL2 Technology Enhancements This c hapt er d iscus ses the fol lowing tec hnolo gy enh ance ment s in Pr ime Netwo rk: • ADSL2+ • VDSL2 • Bonding Grou p Each of thes e technologies ar e discussed in the fol low ing topics co vered in this section: ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 970

    28-2 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 28 Monitoring ADSL2+ and VDSL2 Techn ology Enh ancement s User Roles Req uired to Work with ADSL2 +/ VDSL2 Tec hno logies Viewing the ADSL2+/VDS L2 Configuration Details Asymme tric digit a l subscri be r line (AD S L) is a type of digi tal subsc ri ber line (DSL ) techno lo gy , a data co ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 971

    28-3 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 8 Moni to ring ADSL2+ and VDSL2 Te chnology Enhancem ent s User Roles Required to Work with ADSL2+/VDSL2 Technologies Figur e 28-1 XDSL T raf fic Descr ipt or Details T able 28- 2 describes the XDSL Traf fic Descriptor details. T able 28-2 XDSL T raffic Descr iptor Details Field Des ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 972

    28-4 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 28 Monitoring ADSL2+ and VDSL2 Techn ology Enh ancement s User Roles Req uired to Work with ADSL2 +/ VDSL2 Tec hno logies Viewing the ADSL2+/V DSL2 Details for a De vice The physi cal inv entory de tails for a device disp lays the location informa tion as well as the XDSL su pport details ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 973

    28-5 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 8 Moni to ring ADSL2+ and VDSL2 Te chnology Enhancem ent s User Roles Required to Work with ADSL2+/VDSL2 Technologies The Operating Mode indi cat es w het her the device is a n AD SL 2 o r VDSL 2 device. The Aggregation Group indica tes whether the port is associ ated to a DSL bo nd ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 974

    28-6 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 28 Monitoring ADSL2+ and VDSL2 Techn ology Enh ancement s User Roles Req uired to Work with ADSL2 +/ VDSL2 Tec hno logies T able 28- 3 descr ibes the DS L Bond ing Group detail s. T able 28-3 DSL Bonding Gr oup Details Field Description Physica l Link Ag greg ations ID Th e uniqu e ident i ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 975

    28-7 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 8 Moni to ring ADSL2+ and VDSL2 Te chnology Enhancem ent s User Roles Required to Work with ADSL2+/VDSL2 Technologies Peer Admin Scheme The peer adm inistra ti ve scheme o f the DSL bonding group, w hich can be any one of the follo wing: • G998.1 • G998.2 • Unknown Peer Oper S ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 976

    28-8 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 28 Monitoring ADSL2+ and VDSL2 Techn ology Enh ancement s User Roles Req uired to Work with ADSL2 +/ VDSL2 Tec hno logies Viewing T ransport Mod els Supporte d by ADSL2 + and VDSL 2 In Prim e Networ k, t he fol lowing tr anspor t mode ls are s uppo rte d in the AD SL2 + a nd V DSL2 techno ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 977

    28-9 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 8 Moni to ring ADSL2+ and VDSL2 Te chnology Enhancem ent s User Roles Required to Work with ADSL2+/VDSL2 Technologies T able 28- 4 describes the N-to-One Access Prof ile details. T able 28-4 N-to -One A c cess Pr ofiles Field Description T abl e T ypes The ty pe of ac cess p ro file ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 978

    28-10 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 28 Monitoring ADSL2+ and VDSL2 Techn ology Enh ancement s User Roles Req uired to Work with ADSL2 +/ VDSL2 Tec hno logies Viewing the One-to-O ne Access Profile T o vie w the One-to- One acce ss prof ile details, e xpand the l ogical in ventory a nd choose One-to -One Access Prof iles . F ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 979

    28-11 Cisco P rime Netw ork 4 .0 Us er Guid e OL-29343-01 Chapter 2 8 Moni to ring ADSL2+ and VDSL2 Te chnology Enhancem ent s User Roles Required to Work with ADSL2+/VDSL2 Technologies Viewing the TLS Access Profile T o view the TLS access profile d etails: Step 1 Ri ght- click t h e re quir ed device in Pr ime Ne twork V ision an d cho ose Inv e ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 980

    28-12 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Chapter 28 Monitoring ADSL2+ and VDSL2 Techn ology Enh ancement s User Roles Req uired to Work with ADSL2 +/ VDSL2 Tec hno logies ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 981

    A- 1 Cisco Pri m e Ne twor k 4. 0 User Gu id e OL-29343-01 APPENDIX REVIEW DRAFT — CISCO C ONFIDENT IAL A Icon and Button Referen ce The follo wing to pics identify the b uttons, icons, an d badges use d in Cisco Prime Network V isio n (Prime Network V ision ) and C isco Pri me Net work E vents ( Pri me Net work E vents): • Icons , page A-1 • ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 982

    REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO C ONFIDENTIA L A- 2 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Appendi x A Icon and But ton Refe rence Icons Network Element Ico ns T able A -1 Pr ime Netw ork Vision Ne twor k Element Ic ons Icon Netw ork Ele men t Access pseudowire Route r Cisco A SA device AT M s w i t c h Basic ra te access (B RA) Cisco 7600 ser ies rou ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 983

    REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO C ONFIDENTIA L A-3 Cisco Pr ime N etw or k 4. 0 User Guid e OL-29343-01 Append ix A Icon and Bu tt on Re ference Icons Cloud Digital subscriber line access multiple xe r (DSLAM) Ethe rn et s wit ch Gene ric Server Generi c SN MP d evice Ghost, or un known de vice ICMP de vice Lock, or securi ty vio lation; vie wab le by a user ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 984

    REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO C ONFIDENTIA L A- 4 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Appendi x A Icon and But ton Refe rence Icons Business Element Icons Printer RFGW -10 device Service control switch UBR 1 0012 d evice UCS C Series de vice vCente r devi ce V irtual Secu rity Gate way (V SG) de vice W iFi element T able A -2 Pr ime Netw ork Visi ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 985

    REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO C ONFIDENTIA L A-5 Cisco Pr ime N etw or k 4. 0 User Guid e OL-29343-01 Append ix A Icon and Bu tt on Re ference Icons Cust omer EFP cross- connec t Ethernet service Ethe rnet v irt ual conn ec ti on (E VC ) Label-Swi tched Path (LSP) endpo int LSP midpo int Networ k LSP Netw ork pse udo wire Networ k TP tunnel Networ k VLAN Pr ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 986

    REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO C ONFIDENTIA L A- 6 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Appendi x A Icon and But ton Refe rence Icons Subnet Switching e ntity TP tu nnel endpoi nt V irtual r out er VPLS forw ard VPLS instance VPN Wo r k i n g L S P T able A -2 Pr ime Networ k Vis ion Business Elem ent Icons (continued) Icon Busine ss Elemen t ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 987

    REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO C ONFIDENTIA L A-7 Cisco Pr ime N etw or k 4. 0 User Guid e OL-29343-01 Append ix A Icon and Bu tt on Re ference Icons Logical Inv entory Icons Ta b l e A - 3 descr ibes t he i cons used i n lo gica l i nv e ntor y . T able A -3 Logical In vent ory Icons Icon Logical Inventory Item Access Lists A TM T raff ic Pro file s Bidi re ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 988

    REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO C ONFIDENTIA L A- 8 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Appendi x A Icon and But ton Refe rence Icons Probe Y .1731 Probe Brid ge Conne cti vity F ault Mana gement ( CFM) Mai n tenan ce Associat ion CFM Mainten ance Dom ain Conne cti vity Fau lt Manage ment Context , for d evices tha t su ppo rt m ul tip le virt ual ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 989

    REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO C ONFIDENTIA L A-9 Cisco Pr ime N etw or k 4. 0 User Guid e OL-29343-01 Append ix A Icon and Bu tt on Re ference Icons VLAN Trunk Protocol ( VTP) Mobi le node GGSN / SA E-GW / P-GW / S-GW / E GTP / GTPP cont ainer GGSN / SAE- GW / P-G W / S-GW / EGTP / GTPP GTPU APN co ntaine r APN AC S Oper at or p oli cy APN prof ile / APN re ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 990

    REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO C ONFIDENTIA L A-10 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Appendi x A Icon and But ton Refe rence Links Physical In ventory Icon s Ta b l e A - 4 descr ibes the icons use d in p hysical inv entory . Links The fo llowing s ect io n s d esc ri be li n k ic ons a nd ch ar act e ris tic s: • Link I cons, page A- 11 • L ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 991

    REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO C ONFIDENTIA L A-11 Cisco Pr ime N etw or k 4. 0 User Guid e OL-29343-01 Append ix A Icon and Bu tt on Re ference Links Link Icon s Ta b l e A - 5 identif ies the ava ilable link types and their representa tion in Prime Networ k V ision. T able A -5 Pr i me Networ k Vis ion Link Icons Icon Description Icon Description Async hro ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 992

    REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO C ONFIDENTIA L A-12 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Appendi x A Icon and But ton Refe rence Links Link Colors Link Characteristics T able A -6 Link Colors and Sev er ity Color Severity Description Critical Critical alarm is on the link. Major Major al arm is on the link. Minor Minor alarm is on the link. Norm al ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 993

    REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO C ONFIDENTIA L A-13 Cisco Pr ime N etw or k 4. 0 User Guid e OL-29343-01 Append ix A Icon and Bu tt on Re ference Severity Icons Severity Icons Ta b l e A - 8 identif ies the se verity icons used in Prime Netwo rk Eve nts and Prime Network V ision. The icon s and colo rs are used as follo ws: • The icon s are used to indicat ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 994

    REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO C ONFIDENTIA L A-14 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Appendi x A Icon and But ton Refe rence Buttons Buttons The fol lo wing topi cs describe the b uttons used in Pr ime Net work V ision: • Prime Network V ision Bu ttons, page A-14 • T abl e Butto ns, page A- 17 • Link Filte ring Buttons, page A-17 • Prime ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 995

    REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO C ONFIDENTIA L A-15 Cisco Pr ime N etw or k 4. 0 User Guid e OL-29343-01 Append ix A Icon and Bu tt on Re ference Buttons Displays the m ap vie w in the Prime Netwo rk V ision content pane (th e bu tton toggles when selected or d eselect ed). Displays the list vie w in the Prime Network V ision content pane (the b utton toggles ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 996

    REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO C ONFIDENTIA L A-16 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Appendi x A Icon and But ton Refe rence Buttons Open s the Find B usine ss T ag dial og b ox, ena bli ng yo u t o find and d eta ch a busin ess tag acco rdin g to a nam e, key , or typ e. Map Zoom an d Layout T o ols Defi n es the way in which the NES are arrang ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 997

    REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO C ONFIDENTIA L A-17 Cisco Pr ime N etw or k 4. 0 User Guid e OL-29343-01 Append ix A Icon and Bu tt on Re ference Buttons Table B uttons Link Fil terin g Bu ttons Ta b l e A - 1 0 Ta b l e B u t t o n s Icon Na me Description Find Search es the curr ent table for the st ring yo u enter . Export to CSV Ex ports the informatio n ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 998

    REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO C ONFIDENTIA L A-18 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Appendi x A Icon and But ton Refe rence Buttons Prime Network Ev ents Buttons Ticke t Pr op er ties Buttons T able A -12 Pr ime Netw or k Ev ents Butt ons Button Function Displa ys the previous page of events in the Prime Networ k Events window . Displa ys the n ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 999

    REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO C ONFIDENTIA L A-19 Cisco Pr ime N etw or k 4. 0 User Guid e OL-29343-01 Append ix A Icon and Bu tt on Re ference Badges Report Man ager Buttons Badges Badges are small icons that appea r with other netw ork e lements , su ch as element icon s or li nks. The fol lo wing topics describe the bad ges used by Prime Networ k V ision ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 1000

    REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO C ONFIDENTIA L A-20 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Appendi x A Icon and But ton Refe rence Badge s VNE Communica tion State Bad ges VNE Investigation State Badges T able A -15 VNE Communication Sta te Badg es Badg e Stat e Name De scripti on None Ag ent Not Loa ded The V NE is not res pond ing to the gat eway be ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 1001

    REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO C ONFIDENTIA L A-21 Cisco Pr ime N etw or k 4. 0 User Guid e OL-29343-01 Append ix A Icon and Bu tt on Re ference Badges Network Eleme nt Techno logy-Related Badges None Ope rational The VNE has a stable mod el of the d e v ice. Modeling may not be fully complete , b ut ther e is en ough infor mation t o monito r the device and ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 1002

    REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO C ONFIDENTIA L A-22 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 Appendi x A Icon and But ton Refe rence Badge s Alarm and Ticke t Badges See Se verit y Icons, page A-13 for info rmation ab out the i cons used for alarm and ticket badges. Associated LSP is in lockout state Multiple links Reconciliatio n REP blocki ng primary ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 1003

    GL-1 Cisco Pr ime N etw or k 4. 0 User Guid e OL-29343-01 REVIEW DRAFT — CISCO C ONFIDENT IAL GLOSSARY A AAA AAA ref ers to Authenti cation, Au thorizati o n, and Accountin g, wh ich is a security a r chitec ture for distributed systems that determines the access giv en to users fo r specific services and the amount o f resources they hav e used. ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 1004

    REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO C ONFIDENTIA L Glos sary GL-2 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 C carri er gr ade NAT A large-sca le Net work A ddre ss Translation (NA T) that pr ovides tran sl ation of m illi on s of private IPv4 addre sses t o pu bl ic IPv4 a ddre sses. CCM Chan ge a nd Co nfigurati on M an agem ent provide s too l s tha t a ll ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 1005

    REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO C ONFIDENTIA L Glossary GL-3 Cisco Pr ime N etw or k 4. 0 User Guid e OL-29343-01 G GRE Gener ic routi ng encapsu lation (G RE) is a tun neling prot ocol, ori ginated by Cisco Systems and standard ized in RFC 2 784 . GRE enc apsulat es a variety of n etwork laye r packets in sid e IP tunnel i ng packets, cr ea ting a virt u al ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 1006

    REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO C ONFIDENTIA L Glos sary GL-4 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 LMA Loc al Mobi lity Anchor is the home agent for a mobile node in a Proxy Mo bile IPv6 (P MIPv6) domai n. It is the top ologic al anch or point fo r mobile node home net work prefixes and manage s the bindi ng state of an mo bile node. logical l ink A ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 1007

    REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO C ONFIDENTIA L Glossary GL-5 Cisco Pr ime N etw or k 4. 0 User Guid e OL-29343-01 Q QoS Quality of services is the t echnique of prior itizing tra ff ic flo ws and specifyin g prefere nces for forwardi ng pa ckets w ith h ig he r pri or ity . S SAN A stor age area n etwor k (SAN) is a dedi cated networ k that pr ovi d es acce s ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 1008

    REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO C ONFIDENTIA L Glos sary GL-6 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-01 virtualizatio n A conce pt of cr eating a virtual versi on o f any reso urc e, such a s ha rdware p l atform , oper at ing syste m, storage device, o r netwo rk resour ces VLAN V irtua l loca l-area network ( LAN). G roup of devices on on e or more L A ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 1009

    IN-1 Cisco Pr ime N etw or k 4. 0 User Guid e OL-29343-01 INDEX Numerics 3GPP invento ry r etr iev al 25-109 6rd add 6rd fo rw ardi ng (co mm an d) 13-6 tunnels, vie win g pro perti es 18-46 6VPE and IPv6 17- 1 IPv6 VPN over MPLS 17-1 A A10/A11 conf igurati ons (HSGW) 25-58 AAA 22-9 APN and 25-18 comm ands. S ee AAA comm ands diameter pr otoc ol 22 ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 1010

    Index IN-2 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-0 1 overvi ew 25-121 protoc ol a nal yzer 25-121 rule base for cha rg ing act ion, vie wi ng 25-133 overvi ew 25-122 rule d efini tio n groups comm ands. S ee ACS comma nds viewing 25-132 rule definiti ons overvi ew 25-121 viewing 25-131 viewing 25-123 ACS comman ds crea te a cce s s r ul ed ef ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 1011

    Inde x IN-3 Cisco Pr ime N etw or k 4. 0 User Guid e OL-29343-01 profiles 25-115, 25-119 remap tab les 25-113 view prope rties 25-14, 25-18 APN co mman ds crea te A PN 25-138 creat e Qo S to DS CP mappi n g 25-2 2 creat e vir tu al AP N 25-22 delete APN 25-22 modify A PN 25-22 show APN 25-138 appli cati on, l aunc hing e xte rnal 2-34, 2-38 applyi ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 1012

    Index IN-4 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-0 1 overvi ew 24- 9 PPP 24-12 service 24-9 viewing 24-9 DHCP se rvic e pr ofile 24-7 overvi ew 24- 1 QoS profile 24-16 servic e groups 24-13 service po licies 24-13 subscr ib er a c ces s p oi nt s diagnos ing 24- 6 viewing 24-5 user r ole re quired 24-2 bridge s unasso ciated 12-73 viewin g pr ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 1013

    Inde x IN-5 Cisco Pr ime N etw or k 4. 0 User Guid e OL-29343-01 GUI 4-1 jobs 4-68 overvi ew 1-3, 4-1 processes, check 4-68 setup tasks Configur ation Ma nage ment 4-5 device gro ups 4- 9 devices 4-4 Prime N etwork 4-3 user roles 4-69 CDP. See Cisc o Discov ery Prot ocol CESoPSN, view ing propert ies 20-3 CFM comm ands. S ee CFM comma nds descript ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 1014

    Index IN-6 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-0 1 delete AAA grou p 22-12 modify AAA gr oup 22-12 ACS. See A CS commands cable DEPI and L2TP. See DEPI and L2TP co mm ands interfac es. See interface s commands ports. See ports co mmands QAM. See QAM configurati ons show downs tream 27-12 show upstrea m 27-12 Carrier Et hernet servic es IS-I ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 1015

    Inde x IN-7 Cisco Pr ime N etw or k 4. 0 User Guid e OL-29343-01 SONET. See SONE T commands TDM and ch anneliz ation. See TDM and chann elizat ion commands PDP. See PDP commands pin g. S ee pi ng c omman ds route ma ps. See ro ute maps comm ands SBC. See SBC commands show users (Telnet sessions) 1-10 subscri b er. Se e subscr iber commands syslog h ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 1016

    Index IN-8 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-0 1 vPC show por t c hanne l ca pacit y 26-7 show vPC 26-7 show vPC consis tency param eter 26-7 Defined Not Star ted, VNE investigation state 2-21 Dense Wavelen gth Division Multiple xing. See DWDM DEPI and L2 TP co mmand s 27-14 crea te D EPI c l ass 27-14 crea te D EPI t un ne l 27-14 crea t ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 1017

    Inde x IN-9 Cisco Pr ime N etw or k 4. 0 User Guid e OL-29343-01 or ganiz ation xxiv relate d documen tation xx vii downs tream rates, show (c able) 27-12 DSL ADSL2. See ADSL2 cable te ch nolo gi es an d 27-1 VDSL2. See VDSL2 duplicat ion count (tickets) 9-13 DWDM comm ands. S ee DWD M comm ands user r oles requir ed 14-1 viewing alert and alar m c ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 1018

    Index IN- 10 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-0 1 ESM co nfig urat ion (MM E) 25-151 Ethern et flow dom ains listing all 2-5 renaming 12-42 viewing p rop ertie s of 12-42 Ethern et flow poi nt (EFP), vie wing prop ertie s 12-33 Ethern et LAG s, view ing 12-23 Ethern et links, and config ured LSPs 18-11 Ethern et LMI comm ands. S ee Ethe ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 1019

    Inde x IN- 11 Cisco Pr ime N etw or k 4. 0 User Guid e OL-29343-01 AAA and 25-73, 25-76 advertisement co nfiguratio n 25 -75 authenti cation 25-76 comm ands. S ee forei gn agen t comm ands GRE co nfigura tion 25-77 home agen t detai ls for 25-78 overvi ew 25-72 proxy mobi le 25-79 registra tion revoc ation 25-80 viewing 25-72 forei gn agent com man ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 1020

    Index IN- 12 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-0 1 delete storage server 25-29 modify CGF 25-29 modify G TPP 25-29 modif y sto rage s erver 25-29 show CGF 25-29 H History ta b (tickets) 9-11 home ag ent AAA and 25-69 comm ands. S ee home a gent commands config ura tion, vi ew ing 25-66 details for foreign agent 25-78 GRE a nd 25-70 overvi ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 1021

    Inde x IN- 13 Cisco Pr ime N etw or k 4. 0 User Guid e OL-29343-01 I icons alar m and ticke t A-22 badges A-19 busine ss el ements 2-11, A-4 informa tion displ ayed for elemen ts 3-3 links A-10, A-11 logical inve ntory 3-30, A-7 manageme nt states A - 19 manageme nt states (VNE) 2-19 maps 18-20 networ k el ements 2-10, A-2 phys ical in vent ory A - ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 1022

    Index IN- 14 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-0 1 device view pane 3-13 device vi ew pane too lbar 3-14 Genera l tab 3-13 logical inve ntory 3-27 navigat ion pane 3-12 Network E ve nts tab 3-15 opening 3-9 overvi ew 3-9, 3-11 phys ical in vent ory 3-19, 3-21 Ports tab 3 -13, 3-23 Provisio ning Eve nts tab 3-15 ticket an d events pane 3-1 ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 1023

    Inde x IN- 15 Cisco Pr ime N etw or k 4. 0 User Guid e OL-29343-01 Link OAM comm ands. See Li nk OAM commands ena bli ng and di sablin g 15-21 EVCs , configuri ng 15-21 overvi ew 15-14 remote lo opback, enabli ng and disab ling 15-21 templates, m anaging 15-21 topology di scovery and 15-14 view ing pr opert ies in logical inve ntory 15-15 phys ical ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 1024

    Index IN- 16 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-0 1 endpo ints 18-14 lockout stat e 18-6 on Ether net links 18-11 redunda ncy s er vice p roper t ies 18-14 Workin g and Prot ected 18-5 LTE net works ePDG . Se e ePDG foreig n a gen t. Se e fo rei gn ag en t home agen t. See home agent HSGW. See HSGW LACs 25-49 LMAs 25-106 overvi ew 25-40 PD ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 1025

    Inde x IN- 17 Cisco Pr ime N etw or k 4. 0 User Guid e OL-29343-01 view ing pr ope rties 12-29 mLDP database, vi ewing 18-42 neighbors, v iewi ng 18-43 overvi ew 18-42 MLPPP link pr operties 20-29 MLPPP properties 20-26 MME comm ands creat e po lic y acc oun ti n g 25-138 creat e Q CI -QoS m a pping 25-138 delete poli cy accounti ng 25-138 modify p ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 1026

    Index IN- 18 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-0 1 update g loba l c onf igur ati on 18-54 MPLS-TP tunnels adding to maps 18-5 applyi ng over l ays 18-16 BFD session s, viewi ng pr ope rtie s 18-49 discovery 18- 5 labeling 18-54 locking an d unlocki ng (bulk) 18-56 LSP lockout stat e 18-6 overvi ew 18- 4 propertie s 18- 7 viewing 18-7 wor ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 1027

    Inde x IN- 19 Cisco Pr ime N etw or k 4. 0 User Guid e OL-29343-01 viewing operating sy stem inform ation 3-31 propertie s 3- 6 See also devi ces Network E ve nts tab inventor y window 3-15 link proper ties window 6-12 Notes tab (tickets) 9-14 NRI proper ties (SGSN) 25-38 NTP co mmands add NTP se rv er c om ma nd 1-6 remove NTP server co mman d 1-6 ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 1028

    Index IN- 20 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-0 1 VLAN bridg e 11-10 Layer 2 TP pa th informa tion 11-28 Layer 2 VPN s 11-32 Layer 3 VPN s 11-32 opening 11-3 overvi ew 11-1, 11-2 path trace from invent ory 11-7 from map vie w 11- 5 options for starting 11-5 QinQ path info rmation 11-27 rerunni ng pa th s 11-27 results, view ing 11-20 sin ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 1029

    Inde x IN- 21 Cisco Pr ime N etw or k 4. 0 User Guid e OL-29343-01 PDSN 25-100 polling, initiati n g 3-18 Poll Now button 3-18 ports alarm s, disabli ng 3-26 comm ands add port de scription as sign port to VLAN 1-7 chan ge po rt s tat us co mm an d 1-7 config ure d ow nstre am por t 27-11 creat e up stre am p ort 27-11 dea ssign po rt to VLAN 1- 7 ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 1030

    Index IN- 22 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-0 1 pseudow ires adding 12-90 applyi ng over l ay 12-98 cloc k recover y 20-44 comm ands display pseudo wire 12-95, 12-120 ping pse udow ire 12-120 defined 12-100 head end 12-101 associ ated rou ting entit y 12-105 ass oc iat ed V RF en t ity 12-105 generic in terface list 12-105 view conf ig ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 1031

    Inde x IN- 23 Cisco Pr ime N etw or k 4. 0 User Guid e OL-29343-01 home a gent ( LTE net works) 25-71 relate d documen tation xx vii REP icon s and b adges 12-63 primar y badge 3-9, A-22 primar y blocking ba dge 3-9, A-22 show REP segment i nformati on (comma nd) 12-119 viewing for VLAN service link pr operties 12-64 in VLAN domai n views 12-63 in ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 1032

    Index IN- 24 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-0 1 show route access lists 25-138 show rout e map 25-138 routing en tities 18-31 ARP table 18-34 NDP tabl e 18-34 rate li mit informatio n 18-36 view ing pr ope rties 18-31 RSVP comm ands config ure R SVP 18-58 delete RSVP 18-58 disable RSVP o n in terf ace 18-58 enable RSVP on interface 18- ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 1033

    Inde x IN- 25 Cisco Pr ime N etw or k 4. 0 User Guid e OL-29343-01 delete Codec list 21-18 delete Codec list entry 21-18 update Codec li st entry 21-18 SBC c ommands , med ia ad dresse s add medi a address 21-18 add medi a address D BE 21-18 delete media address DBE 21-18 SBC comman ds, perf ormance statistics show CPS data 21-13 show curr ent 15 m ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 1034

    Index IN- 26 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-0 1 servic e propert ies NRI 25-38 session ma nageme nt 25-39 view prope rties 25-32 S-GW comm ands create QCI -QOS mapping 25-138 crea te S- GW 25-138 crea te S- GW P L MN 25-47 delete S-GW 25-47 modify S-G W 25-47 overvi ew 25-46 view prope rties 25-46 shared switch ing entities 12-40 Shutt ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 1035

    Inde x IN- 27 Cisco Pr ime N etw or k 4. 0 User Guid e OL-29343-01 T T3 DS 1 an d D S3 , view ing pr ope rtie s 20-21 TACACS comm ands add TACACS+ server 1-6 add TACACS serve r rem ove TA CACS+ se rver 1-6 rem ove TA CACS ser ver tag manipula tions, for associat ed VLANs 12-55 TDM and ch anneliz ation com mands config ure AU 3 20-57 config ure AU 4 ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 1036

    Index IN- 28 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-0 1 U UCS 26-32 UNI (E -LMI), config ure 15-18, 15-20 Unified Comp uting Syste m (UCS) devices. See virtualiz ation Unsuppor ted, V NE inve stiga tion stat e 2-21 upgrade a nal ysis ( N EIM) 4-29 upstrea m ra tes , s how ( cabl e) 27-12 user r oles requir ed ADSL2+ 28-1 BNG 24-2 busine ss el ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 1037

    Inde x IN- 29 Cisco Pr ime N etw or k 4. 0 User Guid e OL-29343-01 hypervi sor 26-36 network disc overy and 26-28 view ing map nod e 26-26 view ing pr ope rties 26-32 vCente r and 26-11 virtual ma chin e 26-12, 26-19, 26-46 virtual net wor k d evi ces, vie win g 26-29 virtu al storag e area netwo rk (VSAN) . See VSAN VMware an d 26-11 VSG deployin ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 1038

    Index IN- 30 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-0 1 Unsuppor ted 2- 21 VNEs communi cat ion sta te ba dges A-20 investiga tion stat e badge s A-20 manageme nt state 2-19 modifyi ng p rop er ties 3-16 updating informa tion 3-18 viewing com mun icat ion stat us 3- 17 view ing pr ope rties 3-16 vPC comm an ds ( da ta ce nte r) show por t c ha ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 1039

    Inde x IN- 31 Cisco Pr ime N etw or k 4. 0 User Guid e OL-29343-01 Y Y.1731 comm ands config ure IP SLA para m eters 16-4 config ure prob e e ndpo int a ssoc iati on 16-4 config ure p rofi le 16-4 creat e on d eman d p r ob e co nf ig ura ti on 16-4 deass ociat e profil e 16 -4 delete IP SLA param eters 16-4 delete pr of ile 16-4 show IP SLA 16-4 s ...

  • Cisco Systems 4 - page 1040

    Index IN- 32 Cisco Prime Network 4.0 User Guide OL-29343-0 1 ...

Manufacturer Cisco Systems Category Video Gaming Accessories

Documents that we receive from a manufacturer of a Cisco Systems 4 can be divided into several groups. They are, among others:
- Cisco Systems technical drawings
- 4 manuals
- Cisco Systems product data sheets
- information booklets
- or energy labels Cisco Systems 4
All of them are important, but the most important information from the point of view of use of the device are in the user manual Cisco Systems 4.

A group of documents referred to as user manuals is also divided into more specific types, such as: Installation manuals Cisco Systems 4, service manual, brief instructions and user manuals Cisco Systems 4. Depending on your needs, you should look for the document you need. In our website you can view the most popular manual of the product Cisco Systems 4.

Similar manuals

A complete manual for the device Cisco Systems 4, how should it look like?
A manual, also referred to as a user manual, or simply "instructions" is a technical document designed to assist in the use Cisco Systems 4 by users. Manuals are usually written by a technical writer, but in a language understandable to all users of Cisco Systems 4.

A complete Cisco Systems manual, should contain several basic components. Some of them are less important, such as: cover / title page or copyright page. However, the remaining part should provide us with information that is important from the point of view of the user.

1. Preface and tips on how to use the manual Cisco Systems 4 - At the beginning of each manual we should find clues about how to use the guidelines. It should include information about the location of the Contents of the Cisco Systems 4, FAQ or common problems, i.e. places that are most often searched by users in each manual
2. Contents - index of all tips concerning the Cisco Systems 4, that we can find in the current document
3. Tips how to use the basic functions of the device Cisco Systems 4 - which should help us in our first steps of using Cisco Systems 4
4. Troubleshooting - systematic sequence of activities that will help us diagnose and subsequently solve the most important problems with Cisco Systems 4
5. FAQ - Frequently Asked Questions
6. Contact detailsInformation about where to look for contact to the manufacturer/service of Cisco Systems 4 in a specific country, if it was not possible to solve the problem on our own.

Do you have a question concerning Cisco Systems 4?

Use the form below

If you did not solve your problem by using a manual Cisco Systems 4, ask a question using the form below. If a user had a similar problem with Cisco Systems 4 it is likely that he will want to share the way to solve it.

Copy the text from the picture

Captcha
New picture

Comments (0)